Monetary Authority of Singapore MAS NOTICE 832 31 December 2013 Last revised on 2 December 2021* NOTICE TO FINANCE COMPANIES FINANCE COMPANIES ACT, CAP 108 NOTICE ON RISK BASED CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENTS FOR FINANCE COMPANIES INCORPORATED IN SINGAPORE CONTENTS Part I Introduction ……………………………………………………………………… 1-1 Part II Definitions ………………………………………………………………………… 2-1 Annex 2A Glossary ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-2 Part III Scope of Application …………………………………………………………… 3-1 Part IV Minimum Total CAR …………………………………………...................... 4-1 Part V [Intentionally left blank.] Part VI Definition of Capital ………………………………………………………………6-1 Part VII Credit Risk ………………………………………………………………………… 7-1 Division 1 Overview of Credit RWA Calculation …………………………………… 7-1 Subdivision 1 Introduction Subdivision 2 Exposures Included in the Calculation of SA(CR) RWA Subdivision 3 Calculation of SA(CR) RWA Subdivision 4 [Intentionally left blank.] Subdivision 5 Calculation of Credit RWA for Equity Exposures Subdivision 6 Calculation of Credit RWA for Securitisation Exposures Division 2 Measurement of Exposures ………………………………………………… 7-5 Subdivision 1 Introduction Subdivision 2 Measurement of E for On-balance Sheet Assets

Monetary Authority of Singapore Subdivision 3 Measurement of E for Off-balance Sheet Items Other than Pre￾settlement Counterparty Exposures Arising from OTC Derivative Transactions, Long Settlement Transactions and SFTs Subdivision 4 Recognition of Eligible Financial Collateral for On-balance Sheet Assets and Off-Balance Sheet Items Other than Equity Exposures, Securitisation Exposures, OTC Derivative Transactions and SFTs Subdivision 5 Recognition of Eligible Financial Collateral for Securitisation Exposures Subdivision 6 Measurement of E for Pre-settlement Counterparty Exposures Arising from OTC Derivative Transactions and Long Settlement Transactions Subdivision 7 Measurement of E for Pre-settlement Counterparty Exposures Arising from SFTs Subdivision 8 [Intentionally left blank.] Subdivision 9 Exceptions to the Measurement of E Subdivision 10 Measurement of E for Unsettled Transactions Division 3 SA(CR) ……………………………………………………………………………… 7-12 Subdivision 1 Categorisation of SA(CR) Exposures Subdivision 2 Credit Quality Grade and External Credit Assessments Subdivision 3 Risk Weights Subdivision 4 Treatment of Credit Protection and Recognition of Eligible Financial Collateral Division 4 [Intentionally left blank.] Division 5 Equity Exposures ………………………………………………………………… 7-29 Subdivision 1 Definition of Equity Exposures Subdivision 2 Overview of Calculation of Credit RWA for Equity Exposures Subdivision 3 Calculation of Credit Risk-Weighted Exposure Amount for Equity Exposures Using SA(EQ) Division 6 Securitisation ……………………………………………………………………… 7-34 Subdivision 1 Introduction Subdivision 2 Requirements for the Recognition of Risk Transference Subdivision 3 Treatment of Securitisation Exposures Subdivision 4 SA(SE) Subdivision 5 [Intentionally left blank.] Subdivision 6 Early Amortisation Provisions Annex 7A CCFs for Off-Balance Sheet Items under the SA(CR) ……………………………… 7-44 Annex 7C CCFs for Off-Balance Sheet Items under the SA(SE) ……………………………… 7-46 Annex 7E CCFs for Early Amortisation Exposures …………………………………………………… 7-48 Annex 7F CRM …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-49 Annex 7H Treatment for Specific Types Credit Protection Bought …………………………… 7-60 Annex 7I Calculation of E* for Collateralised Transactions Other Than OTC Derivative Transactions and Long Settlement Transactions …………………… 7-62 Annex 7J Methods and Haircuts for Recognising Collateral …………………………………… 7-63 Annex 7K Qualifying SFTs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-68 Annex 7L Core Market Participants ………………………………………………………………………… 7-69 Annex 7N Qualifying Bilateral Netting Agreements ………………………………………………… 7-71 Annex 7O Current Exposure Method ……………………………………………………………………… 7-77 Annex 7P CCR Standardised Method ……………………………………………………………………… 7-80 Annex 7R Credit Quality Grades and Recognised ECAIs ………………………………………… 7-91 Annex 7S Qualifying MDBs ……………………………………………………………………………………… 7-94

Monetary Authority of Singapore Annex 7T Qualifying Mortgage Insurance ……………………………………………………………… 7-95 Annex 7AD Requirements for Exclusion of Securitised Exposures from the Calculation of Credit RWA ……………………………………………………………………… 7-98 [Annexes 7B, 7D, 7G, 7M, 7Q, and 7U to 7AC have been intentionally left blank.] Part VIII Market Risk ………………………………………………………………………… 8-1 Division 1 Overview of Market RWA Calculation ………………………………… 8-1 Subdivision 1 Introduction Subdivision 2 Methods of Measuring Market Risks Subdivision 3 Determination of the Trading Book Subdivision 4 Trading Book Policy Statement Subdivision 5 Treatment of Structural Foreign Exchange Positions Subdivision 6 Risk Management Standards Division 2 SA(MR) ………………………………………………………………………………… 8-9 Subdivision 1 Interest Rate Risk Subdivision 2 Equity Position Risk Subdivision 3 Foreign Exchange Risk Subdivision 4 Commodity Risk Subdivision 5 Treatment of Options Annex 8A Derivation of Notional Positions for Interest Rate-Related Derivatives …… 8-32 Annex 8B Treatment of Credit Derivatives in the Trading Book ……………………………… 8-34 Annex 8C Applicable Risk Charges or Matching Factors for Calculation of Specific Risk and General Market Risk Capital Requirements under the SA(MR) ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8-39 Annex 8D Illustration on the Calculation of the General Market Risk Capital Requirement for Interest Rate Risk under the Maturity Method ……………… 8-44 Annex 8E Derivation of Notional Positions for Equity Derivative Instruments ………… 8-47 Annex 8F Qualifying Equity Indices …………………………………………………………………………… 8-49 Annex 8G Derivation of Notional Positions for Foreign Currency and Gold Derivative Instruments ……………………………………………………………………………… 8-50 Annex 8H Derivation of Notional Positions for Commodity Derivative Instruments … 8-51 Annex 8I Illustration on the Calculation of the Market Risk Capital Requirement for Commodity Risk under the Maturity Ladder Approach … 8-53 Annex 8J Illustration on the Calculation of the Market Risk Capital Requirement for Options under the Simplified Approach ………………………… 8-54 Annex 8K Illustration on the Calculation of the Market Risk Capital Requirement for Options under the Delta-plus Method …………………………… 8-55 Annex 8L Determining Delta-Weighted Positions for Interest Rate Options …………… 8-56 Annex 8M Example of Matrices for Analysing Option Portfolios under the Scenario Approach …………………………………………………………………………………… 8-57 Annex 8N Standards on a Prudent Valuation Framework ………………………………………… 8-58 Part IX Operational Risk ………………………………………………………………… 9-1 Division 1 Overview of Operational RWA Calculation ………………………… 9-1 Division 2 BIA ………………………………………………………………………………………… 9-2 Annex 9A Example of Gross Income Computation …………………………………………………… 9-4

Monetary Authority of Singapore Part X Reporting Schedules ……………………………………………………………10-1 Division 1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………… 10-1 Division 2 Scope and Frequency of Reporting …………………………………… 10-2 Annex 10A Capital Adequacy Reporting Schedules Annex 10B Credit Risk Reporting Schedules Annex 10C Market Risk Reporting Schedules Annex 10D Operational Risk Reporting Schedules Annex 10E Other Reporting Schedules Annex 10F Written Confirmation from CFO

Monetary Authority of Singapore 1-1 PART I: INTRODUCTION 1.1.1 This Notice is issued pursuant to section 7A(2) and section 30 of the Finance Companies Act (Cap. 108) and applies to all Finance Companies. 1.1.2 This Notice establishes the minimum capital adequacy ratios for a Finance Company and the methodology a Finance Company shall use for calculating these ratios. 1.1.3 In addition to complying with the minimum regulatory capital requirements in this Notice, a Finance Company shall consider whether it has adequate capital to cover its exposure to all risks. 1.1.4 This Notice shall take effect on 1 January 2015.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-1 PART II: DEFINITIONS 2.1.1 The expressions used in this Notice are defined in the Glossary at Annex 2A. 2.1.2 The expressions used in this Notice shall, except where defined in this Notice or where the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings as in the Banking Act. 2.1.3 Any reference to a paragraph, Sub-division, Division, Part or Annex is a reference to a paragraph, Sub-division, Division, Part or Annex in this Notice unless otherwise specified.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-2 Annex 2A GLOSSARY  means in relation to the BIA, 15%;  means in relation to the CCR standardised method, the fixed beta factor set out in paragraph 1.1 of Annex 7P of Part VII; ABCP programme or asset-backed commercial paper programme means a programme where commercial paper with an original maturity of one year or less which is backed by assets or other exposures held in a bankruptcy-remote SPE is predominantly issued; ABCP programme sponsor means an entity which – (a) establishes an ABCP programme; (b) approves the sellers of exposures permitted to participate in an ABCP programme; (c) approves the asset pools to be purchased by an ABCP programme; or (d) administers the ABCP programme by monitoring the assets backing the asset-backed commercial paper, arranging for the placement of securities, compiling monthly reports or ensuring compliance with the ABCP programme documents and with the credit and investment policy of the ABCP programme; Accounting Standards has the same meaning as in section 4(1) of the Companies Act (Cap. 50); affiliate means, for purposes of this Notice, (a) an entity that has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the total number of ordinary shares or controls 20% or more of the voting power in the Finance Company, or (b) an entity in which the Finance Company has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the total number of ordinary shares or controls 20% or more of the voting power in the entity, or (c) an entity in which a related corporation of the Finance Company has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the number of ordinary shares or controls 20% or more of the voting power in the entity; approved exchange has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289); [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2018] asset class means, in relation to the SA(CR), one of the classes of exposures set out in Sub-division 1 of Division 3 of Part VII;

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-3 associate has the same meaning as “associate” under the Accounting Standards; Banking Act means Banking Act (Cap. 19); banking book means all on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures of a Finance Company other than its trading book positions; banking institution means – (a) any bank licensed under the Banking Act; (b) any finance company licensed under the Finance Companies Act; or (c) any entity which is approved, licensed, registered or otherwise regulated by a bank regulatory agency in a foreign jurisdiction to carry on banking business as defined in the Banking Act; bank regulatory agency in relation to a foreign jurisdiction, means an authority in the foreign jurisdiction exercising any function that corresponds to a regulatory function of the Authority under the Banking Act; BCBS means the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision; BIA or basic indicator approach means the approach for calculating operational risk capital requirements set out in Division 2 of Part IX; Board means the Board of directors, or a designated committee of the Board; capital instrument means any of the capital instruments set out in paragraph 6.1.1(a); capital investments in relation to a Finance Company, means all exposures of a capital nature, including – (a) any ordinary share; (b) any preference share; (c) any instrument treated as regulatory capital in relation to any financial institution approved, licensed, registered or otherwise regulated by a regulatory agency; (d) any lending on non-commercial terms or which is not at arm’s length; and (e) any guarantee issued to third parties for the benefit of subsidiaries and associates on non-commercial terms or which is not at arm’s length; CCF means credit conversion factor; CCR or counterparty credit risk means the risk that the counterparty to a transaction could default before the final settlement of the transaction’s cash flows; CCR standardised method means the method for calculating E for any pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from any OTC derivative transaction

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-4 or long settlement transaction set out in Annex 7P of Part VII or, if the reference is to any regulatory requirements of, or administered by, a bank regulatory agency other than the Authority, the equivalent under those requirements; central counterparty means an approved clearing house in respect of a clearing facility as defined in the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289) which is regulated by the Authority, or a clearing house utilised by an exchange referred to in the Securities and Futures (Recognised Securities Exchange) Order 2005 in respect of a clearing facility which is regulated by a financial services regulatory authority of a country or territory other than Singapore; clean-up call means an option which permits the securitisation exposures to be called before all of the underlying exposures or securitisation exposures have been repaid. In the case of a traditional securitisation, this is generally accomplished by repurchasing the remaining securitisation exposures once the underlying exposures or the outstanding securities issued have fallen below some specified level. In the case of a synthetic securitisation, the clean￾up call may take the form of a clause that extinguishes the credit protection; collective investment scheme has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289); [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2018] controlled early amortisation provision means an early amortisation provision where the following requirements are complied with: (a) the originator has an appropriate capital and liquidity plan in place to ensure that it has sufficient capital and liquidity available in the event of an early amortisation; (b) throughout the duration of the transaction there is a pro-rata sharing of interest and principal, expenses, losses and recoveries based on the proportion of the originator’s interests and the investors’ interests in the receivables outstanding at the beginning of the month; (c) the amortisation period is sufficient for at least 90% of the total debt outstanding at the beginning of the amortisation period to have been repaid or recognised as in default; and (d) the speed of repayment is not more rapid than would be achieved by straight-line amortisation over the period set out in item (c); core market participant means any of the entities listed in Annex 7L of Part VII; corporate exposure means, in relation to the SA(CR), an exposure that falls within the definition in paragraph 7.3.1(f);

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-5 correlation trading portfolio means a portfolio that incorporates – (a) securitisation exposures and n-th-to-default credit derivatives meeting the following criteria: (i) the positions are neither resecuritisation positions, nor derivatives of securitisation exposures that do not provide a pro-rata share in the proceeds of a securitisation tranche (therefore excluding options on a securitisation tranche, or a synthetically leveraged super-senior tranche); (ii) all reference entities are single-name products, including single-name credit derivatives, for which a liquid two￾way market exists. This will include commonly traded indices based on these reference entities; (iii) the positions do not reference an underlying exposure that would be treated as an SA(CR) exposure in the regulatory retail asset class, an SA(CR) exposure in the residential mortgage asset class, or an SA(CR) exposure in the CRE asset class; and (iv) the positions do not reference a claim on a special purpose entity, including any special purpose entity instrument backed, directly or indirectly, by a position that would itself be excluded if held by a Finance Company directly, and (b) positions that hedge the securitisation exposures and n-th-to￾default credit derivatives described in paragraph (a) above, where – (i) the positions are neither securitisation exposures nor n￾th-to-default credit derivatives; and (ii) a liquid two-way market exists for the instrument by which the position is taken or its underlying exposures, and for the purpose of this definition, a two-way market is deemed to exist where there are independent bona fide offers to buy and sell so that a price reasonably related to the last sales price or current bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations can be determined within one day and trades settled at such price within a relatively short time conforming to trade custom; CPF means the Central Provident Fund Board constituted under section 3 of the Central Provident Fund Act (Cap. 36); CRE means commercial real estate; credit derivative means any contract which transfers the credit risk of a reference obligation or set of reference obligations from the protection buyer

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-6 to the protection seller, such that the protection seller has an exposure to the reference obligation(s); credit enhancement means a contractual arrangement in which a Finance Company retains or assumes a securitisation exposure that, in substance, provides some degree of credit protection to other parties to the securitisation; credit facilities means (a) the granting by a finance company of advances, loans and other facilities whereby a customer of the finance company has access to funds or financial guarantees; or (b) the incurring by a finance company of other liabilities on behalf of a customer; credit RWA means the sum of all credit risk-weighted exposure amounts in respect of all credit exposures calculated as set out in paragraph 7.1.1; credit-enhancing interest only strip means an on-balance sheet asset that represents a valuation of cash flows related to future margin income and is subordinated to the other securitisation exposures in a securitisation; CRM or credit risk mitigation means any technique used by a Finance Company to reduce the credit risk associated with any exposure which the Finance Company holds; currency mismatch means a situation where an exposure and the collateral or credit protection provided in support of it are denominated in different currencies; current exposure means the larger of zero, or the market value of a transaction or portfolio of transactions within a netting set with a counterparty that would be lost upon the default of the counterparty, assuming no recovery on the value of those transactions in a bankruptcy or insolvency; current exposure method means the method for calculating E for any pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from any OTC derivative transaction or long settlement transaction set out in Annex 7O of Part VII or, if the reference is to any regulatory requirements of, or administered by, a bank regulatory agency other than the Authority, the equivalent under those requirements; Deductions from Total Capital means the sum of the items set out in paragraph 6.1.10; DvP means delivery-versus-payment; early amortisation exposure means any securitisation exposure or class of securitisation exposures for which a Finance Company is subject to the early

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-7 amortisation treatment in accordance with Sub-division 6 of Division 6 of Part VII; early amortisation provision means a contractual clause which requires on the occurrence of defined events, an investor’s position to be redeemed prior to the original maturity of the securities issued; ECAI means an external credit assessment institution; eligible credit protection means any guarantee (or other instrument as the Authority may allow) or credit derivative where the requirements and guidelines set out in Annex 7F of Part VII are satisfied; eligible financial collateral means – (a) in relation to the FC(SA), one or more types of collateral set out in paragraph 2.2 of Annex 7F of Part VII; and (b) in relation to the FC(CA), one or more types of collateral set out in paragraph 2.3 of Annex 7F of Part VII, where the requirements and guidelines set out in Annex 7F of Part VII are satisfied; eligible liquidity facility in relation to the SA(SE), means a liquidity facility where the following requirements are complied with – (a) the facility documentation clearly identifies the nature, purpose and extent of any undertaking or commitment provided to the SPE, and limits the circumstances under which it may be drawn; (b) the facility is limited to a specified amount and duration, unless the Finance Company is able to withdraw, at its absolute discretion, the facility at any time with a reasonable period of notice; (c) any draw made under the facility is provided to the SPE and not directly to investors, and is limited to the amount that is likely to be repaid fully from the liquidation of the underlying exposures and any seller-provided credit enhancements; (d) the facility does not cover any losses incurred in the underlying exposures prior to a draw, and is not structured such that draw-down is certain (as indicated by regular or continuous draws or continuous revolving funding); (e) the facility is subject to an asset quality test that precludes it from being drawn to cover credit risk exposures where the obligor(s) are in default; (f) if the exposures that the liquidity facility is required to fund are securities with an external credit assessment by a recognised ECAI, the facility is used to fund only securities that have a credit quality grade of “8” or better or a short￾term credit quality grade of “III” or better as set out in Tables 7R-3 and 7R-4, respectively, of Annex 7R of Part VII at the time of funding; (g) the facility cannot be drawn after all applicable (e.g. transaction-specific and programme-wide) credit

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-8 enhancements from which the facility would benefit have been exhausted; (h) repayment of draws on the facility is not subordinated to any interests of any note holder in the programme or subject to deferral or waiver; (i) the obligations of the Finance Company under the facility are standalone from its obligations under any other facility, commitment or undertaking provided by the Finance Company; and (j) either – (i) an independent third party co-provides 25% of the liquidity facility that is to be drawn and re-paid on a pro￾rata basis; or (ii) all the underlying exposures have a credit quality grade of “3” or better or a short-term credit quality grade of “III” or better as set out in Tables 7R-1 and 7R-2, respectively, of Annex 7R of Part VII, and the facility documentation expressly provides that the Finance Company may reduce (and ultimately withdraw) its funding if the external credit assessment of the exposures falls to a credit quality grade of “4” or worse or to a short-term credit quality grade of “IV” as set out in Tables 7R-1 and 7R-2, respectively, of Annex 7R of Part VII; eligible protection provider means, in the case of a Finance Company using the SA(CR), SA(EQ) or SA(SE), a guarantor or protection seller which is – (a) a central government, a central bank, the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund, the European Central Bank or the European Community; (b) an MDB; (c) a PSE; (d) a banking institution; or (e) any other entity with a credit quality grade of “2” or better as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII; Eligible Total Capital has the meaning in paragraph 4.1.2; equity exposure has the meaning in Sub-division 1 of Division 5 of Part VII; ESR or excess spread ratio in relation to securitisation exposures with early amortisation features, means the ratio of the 3-month average excess spread to the point at which a Finance Company is required to trap excess spread as economically required by the structure, expressed as a percentage; excess spread means any gross finance charge collections and other income received by the trust or SPE after deducting certificate interest, servicing fees, charge-offs, and other senior trust or SPE expenses;

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-9 FC(CA) or financial collateral comprehensive approach means the method for calculating the effects of CRM arising from eligible financial collateral set out in Annex 7I of Part VII; FC(SA) or financial collateral simple approach means the method for calculating the effects of CRM arising from eligible financial collateral set out in Sub-division 4 of Division 3 of Part VII; Finance Company means a company licensed under section 6 of the Finance Companies Act (Cap. 108) to carry on financing business; finance company group means the Finance Company and its finance company group entities; finance company group entity means any subsidiary or any other entity treated as part of the Finance Company's group of entities according to Accounting Standards; Finance Companies Act means Finance Companies Act (Cap. 108); FRA means a forward rate agreement; FRS 109 means the Singapore Financial Reporting Standard 109; [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017] funded credit protection means a CRM where the reduction of the credit risk of an exposure of a Finance Company is derived from the right of the Finance Company, in the event of the default of a counterparty or on the occurrence of other specified credit events relating to the counterparty, to liquidate, to obtain transfer or appropriation of, or to retain, certain assets or amounts; FVOCI means fair value through other comprehensive income; [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017] gain-on-sale means any increase in the equity capital of a Finance Company which is an originator resulting from the sale of underlying exposures in a securitisation; HDB means the Housing and Development Board established under section 3 of the Housing and Development Act (Cap. 129); [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2021] hedging set means a group of risk positions from the transactions within a single netting set for which only their balance is relevant for determining E under the CCR standardised method;

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-10 implicit support means any support that a Finance Company provides to a securitisation in excess of its predetermined contractual obligations; ISDA means the International Swaps and Derivatives Association; insurance subsidiary means a subsidiary which carries on insurance business as an insurer; IOSCO means the International Organisation of Securities Commissions; IT means information technology; long settlement transaction means any transaction where a counterparty undertakes to deliver a security, a commodity or a foreign exchange amount against cash, other financial instruments or commodities, or vice versa, at a settlement or delivery date which is contractually specified as more than the lower of the market standard for this particular transaction type and five business days after the date on which the Finance Company enters into the transaction; margin lending transaction means a transaction in which a Finance Company extends credit in connection with the purchase, sale, carrying or trading of securities, where the loan amount is collateralised by securities whose value is generally greater than the amount of the loan, and does not include other loans that happen to be collateralised by securities; market RWA means the risk-weighted assets for market risks determined in the manner set out in Part VIII; maturity mismatch means a situation where the residual maturity of the credit risk mitigant is less than the residual maturity of the underlying credit exposure; MDB means a multilateral development bank; n-th-to-default credit derivative means a contract where – (a) the payoff is based on the n-th asset to default in a basket of underlying reference instruments; and (b) the transaction terminates and is settled once the n-th default occurs; netting means bilateral netting, including – (a) netting by novation, where obligations between two counterparties to deliver a given currency on a given value date under a transaction are automatically amalgamated with all other obligations under other transactions to deliver on the same currency and value date, thereby extinguishing former transactions with a single legally binding new transaction; and

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-11 (b) close-out netting, where some or all of the ongoing transactions between two counterparties are terminated due to the default of either counterparty or upon the occurrence of a termination event as defined in the netting agreement, whereupon the values of such transactions are combined and reduced to a single payable sum, but does not include payments netting which is designed to reduce the operational cost of daily settlements, where the gross obligations of the counterparties are not in any way affected; netting agreement means any agreement which effects netting between two counterparties, or any other arrangement to effect netting, which does not contain a walkaway clause1 ; netting set means a group of transactions between two counterparties that is subject to a qualifying bilateral netting agreement; any transaction which is not subject to a qualifying bilateral netting agreement shall be deemed as its own netting set; NGR means the ratio of the net current replacement cost to the gross current replacement cost; non-controlled early amortisation provision means an early amortisation provision where the requirements of a controlled early amortisation provision are not complied with; operational risk means the risk of loss resulting from – (a) inadequate or failed internal processes; (b) actions or omissions of persons; (c) systems; or (d) external events, including legal risk2 , but does not include strategic or reputational risk; operational RWA means the risk-weighted assets for operational risks determined in the manner set out in Part IX; originator means – (a) an entity which, either itself or through related entities, directly or indirectly, creates the exposure being securitised3 ; or (b) any entity which purchases or advises or causes an SPE to purchase the exposures of a third party, which are then used 1 “Walkaway clause” means any provision which permits a party to a netting agreement that is not in default to make limited payments or no payments at all, to a defaulting party under the same netting agreement, even if the party that is in default is a net creditor under the netting agreement. 2 Legal risk includes exposures to fines, penalties, or punitive damages resulting from criminal prosecution, regulatory or supervisory actions, as well as such damages or other sums payable resulting from civil claims or settlements. 3 Where an entity lends to an SPE with a view to enabling that SPE to make loans which are then used in a securitisation, the entity will generally be deemed to be acting as an originator.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-12 in a securitisation (for avoidance of doubt, selling credit protection such that the entity or the SPE has a long position in the credit risk of the obligor is equivalent to purchasing exposures)4 ; OTC means over-the-counter; OTC derivative transaction means an exchange rate contract, interest rate contract, equity contract, precious metal or other commodity contract or credit derivative contract which is not traded on an exchange; preference share has the same meaning as in section 4(1) of the Companies Act (Cap. 50); PSE or public sector entity means – (a) a regional government or local authority that is able to exercise one or more functions of the central government at the regional or local level; (b) an administrative body or non-commercial undertaking responsible to, or owned by, a central government, regional government or local authority, which performs regulatory or non-commercial functions; (c) a statutory board in Singapore (other than the Authority); or (d) a town council in Singapore established pursuant to the Town Councils Act (Cap. 392A); qualifying bilateral netting agreement means a bilateral netting agreement where the requirements set out in Annex 7N of Part VII are complied with; qualifying MDB means an MDB listed in Annex 7S of Part VII; qualifying SFT means an SFT where the requirements set out in Annex 7K of Part VII are complied with; recognised ECAI means an ECAI referred to in Annex 7R of Part VII; recognised group A exchange has the same meaning as in regulation 2 of the Securities and Futures (Financial and Margin Requirements for Holders of Capital Markets Services Licenses) Regulations; reference obligation means any obligation specified under a credit derivative contract used for purposes of either determining cash settlement value or the deliverable obligation; 4 An entity which advises or causes an SPE to purchase the exposures of a third party, which are then used in a securitisation will generally not be deemed to be acting as an originator if – (a) the entity has not advised or caused the SPE to purchase any exposures which are then used in a securitisation before the date of issue of securities effecting the transfer of credit risk of those exposures to the investors in the securitisation; (b) the entity will not be liable for any losses incurred by the SPE arising from the exposures (for avoidance of doubt, the entity may still be liable for losses arising from a breach of its fiduciary duties); and (c) the entity does not undertake to achieve a minimum performance for the exposures.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-13 repo means a repurchase transaction; resecuritisation exposure means a securitisation exposure in which the risk associated with an underlying pool of exposures is tranched and at least one of the underlying exposures is a securitisation exposure, and includes an exposure to one or more resecuritisation exposures; risk position means a risk number which is assigned to a transaction under the CCR standardised method following a predetermined algorithm; risk weight in relation to an exposure, means a degree of risk expressed as a percentage assigned to that exposure; RWA means risk-weighted assets; RWE means risk-weighted exposure; SA(CR) or standardised approach to credit risk means the approach for calculating credit risk-weighted exposure amounts set out in Division 3 of Part VII or, if the reference is to any regulatory requirements of, or administered by, a bank regulatory agency other than the Authority, the equivalent under those requirements; SA(CR) exposure means any exposure for which a Finance Company is using the SA(CR) to calculate its credit risk-weighted exposure amount; SA(EQ) or standardised approach for equity exposures means the approach for calculating credit risk-weighted exposure amounts for equity exposures set out in Sub-division 3 of Division 5 of Part VII or, if the reference is to any regulatory requirements of, or administered by, a bank regulatory agency other than the Authority, the equivalent under those requirements; SA(EQ) exposure means any equity exposure for which a Finance Company is using the SA(EQ) to calculate its credit risk-weighted exposure amount; SA(MR) or standardised approach to market risk means the approach for calculating market risk capital requirements set out in Division 2 of Part VIII or, if the reference is to any regulatory requirements of, or administered by, a bank regulatory agency other than the Authority, the equivalent under those requirements; SA(OR) or standardised approach to operational risk means the approach for calculating operational risk capital requirements set out in Division 3 of Part IX or, if the reference is to any regulatory requirements of, or administered by, a bank regulatory agency other than the Authority, the equivalent under those requirements; SA(SE) or standardised approach for securitisation exposures means the approach for calculating credit risk-weighted exposure amounts for securitisation exposures set out in Sub-division 4 of Division 6 of Part VII or, if the reference is to any regulatory requirements of, or administered by, a bank regulatory agency

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-14 other than the Authority, the equivalent under those requirements; SA(SE) exposure means any securitisation exposure for which a Finance Company is using the SA(SE) to calculate its credit risk-weighted exposure amount; securities means – (a) any securities as defined in section 2 of the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289); (b) any specific securities-based derivatives contracts as defined in section 2 of the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289); or (c) any units in a collective investment scheme; [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2018] securities firm means – (a) any entity holding a capital markets services licence under section 84(1) of the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289); or (b) any entity that is approved, licensed, registered or otherwise regulated by a regulatory agency other than the Authority to carry out activities permitted under a capital markets services licence under section 84(1) of the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289); securitisation means any transaction or scheme involving the tranching of credit risk associated with an exposure or a pool of exposures and which has the following characteristics: (a) payments in the transaction or scheme depend on the performance of the exposure or pool of exposures; (b) the subordination of tranches determines the distribution of losses during the ongoing life of the transaction or scheme; and (c) junior trances can absorb losses without interrupting contractual payments to more senior tranches; securitisation exposure means any exposure of a Finance Company to a securitisation, and includes – (a) any on-balance sheet exposure to securities issued pursuant to a securitisation (e.g. asset-backed securities, mortgage￾backed securities and collateralised debt obligations); (b) any off-balance sheet exposure to a securitisation (e.g. through credit enhancements, liquidity facilities, credit derivatives or tranched cover, interest rate swap or currency swap), regardless of whether it was retained by the Finance Company at, or repurchased by the Finance Company after, the origination of the securitisation; and (c) reserve accounts (e.g. cash collateral accounts) recorded as an asset by the originating bank;

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-15 securitised exposure means an exposure, securitised by a Finance Company in its capacity as originator or ABCP programme sponsor, that forms an underlying exposure of a securitisation; servicer means a Finance Company which carries out administrative functions relating to the cash flows of the underlying exposure or pool of exposures of a securitisation, including setting up and operating the mechanism for collecting payments of interest or principal derived from the underlying exposures and channeling these funds to the investors or the trustee representing them, customer service, cash management, maintenance of records and reporting duties; SFT means a securities or commodities financing transaction comprising any one of the following: (a) a repo or a reverse repo; (b) a securities or commodities lending transaction or securities or commodities borrowing transaction; (c) a margin lending transaction, for which the value of the transaction depends on market valuation and the transaction is often subject to margin agreements; small business means a corporation, partnership, limited liability partnership, sole proprietorship or trustee in respect of a trust with reported annual sales of less than $100 million; SPE or special purpose entity means a corporation, trust, or other entity established for a specific purpose, the activities of which are limited to those appropriate to accomplish that purpose and the structure of which is intended to isolate the SPE from the credit risk of an originator or seller of exposures; specific allowance means loss allowance for credit exposures that fall within the definition of “credit-impaired financial asset” under FRS 109; [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017] specific wrong-way risk means the risk that arises when exposure to a particular counterparty is positively correlated with the probability of default of the counterparty due to the nature of the transactions with that counterparty; structured deposit has the same meaning as in Regulation 2 of the Financial Advisers (Structured Deposits – Prescribed Investment Product and Exemption) Regulations 2005; structured note has the same meaning as in section 240AA(5) of the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289); [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2018]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 2-16 subsidiary has the same meaning as in section 5 of the Companies Act (Cap. 50); synthetic securitisation means a structure with at least two different tranches which reflect different degrees of credit risk where credit risk of an underlying exposure or pool of exposures is transferred, in whole or in part, through the use of funded or unfunded credit derivatives or guarantees; the Authority means the Monetary Authority of Singapore established under the Monetary Authority of Singapore Act (Cap. 186); Total Capital means the sum of the items set out in paragraph 6.1.1; Total CAR means total capital adequacy ratio, calculated in accordance with paragraph 4.1.2; trading book has the meaning in Sub-division 3 of Division 1 of Part VIII; traditional securitisation means a structure where the cash flow from an underlying exposure or pool of exposures is used to service at least two different tranches reflecting different degrees of credit risk; tranche means a contractually established segment of the credit risk associated with an underlying exposure or pool of exposures, where a position in the segment entails a risk of credit loss greater than or less than a position of the same amount in each other such segment, without taking account of credit protection provided by third parties directly to the holders of positions in the segment or in other segments; unconsolidated subsidiary means a subsidiary whose assets and liabilities are not included in the consolidated financial statements of the finance company group; unfunded credit protection means a CRM where the reduction of the credit risk of an exposure of a Finance Company is derived from the undertaking of a third party to pay an amount in the event of the default of a counterparty or on the occurrence of other specified events; unrated in relation to any exposure, means that the exposure does not have an external credit assessment from a recognised ECAI; and USD means the United States dollar. [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2018]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 3-1 PART III: SCOPE OF APPLICATION Requirements to Apply at the Solo and Group Levels 3.1.1 A Finance Company shall comply with the capital adequacy ratio requirements in this Notice at two levels: (a) the standalone (“Solo”) level capital adequacy ratio requirements, which measure the capital adequacy of a Finance Company based on its standalone capital strength and risk profile; and (b) the consolidated (“Group”) level capital adequacy ratio requirements, which measure the capital adequacy of a Finance Company based on its capital strength and risk profile after consolidating the assets and liabilities of its finance company group entities, taking into account (i) any exclusions of certain finance company group entities provided for under paragraphs 3.1.2 and 3.1.3; and (ii) any adjustments pursuant to Division 6 of Part VII. Non-consolidation of Certain Subsidiaries at the Group Level 3.1.2 A Finance Company shall – (a) not consolidate its investment in an insurance subsidiary; and (b) account for such investment at cost, when preparing the consolidated financial statements of the finance company group for the purpose of calculating its capital adequacy ratio requirements at the Group level. 3.1.3 Subject to paragraph 3.1.2 and Part VI, a Finance Company may exclude from consolidation its investment in any other subsidiary when preparing the consolidated financial statements of the finance company group for the purpose of calculating its capital adequacy ratio requirements at the Group level only if such non-consolidation is permitted under the Accounting Standards. Notwithstanding the provisions set out in this paragraph, the exemption in paragraph 10 of Singapore Financial Reporting Standards 27 ("SFRS 27") Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements4A shall not apply for the purpose of complying with paragraph 3.1.1(b) of this Notice. 4A Paragraph 10 of SFRS 27 exempts a parent from presenting consolidated financial statements, subject to certain conditions.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 4-1 PART IV: MINIMUM TOTAL CAR 4.1.1 [This Paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 4.1.2 A Finance Company shall calculate its Total CAR as follows: Eligible Total Capital Total CAR = ---------------------------------------------------------- Credit RWA + Market RWA + Operational RWA where Eligible Total = Total Capital - Deductions from Capital Total Capital 4.1.3 A Finance Company shall, at all times, maintain at both the Solo and Group levels, a Total CAR of at least 10%. 4.1.4 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 4.1.5 The Authority may, if it considers appropriate in the particular circumstances of a Finance Company, having regard to the risks arising from the activities of the Finance Company and such other factors as the Authority considers relevant, vary the Total CAR applicable to that Finance Company.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 5-1 PART V: [This Part has been intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 6-1 PART VI: DEFINITION OF CAPITAL Total Capital 6.1.1 For the purposes of Part II and IV, Total Capital shall be the sum of the following items, whether at the Solo or Group level, as the case may be5 : (a) paid-up ordinary share capital; (b) disclosed reserves, excluding – (i) any revaluation reserves; (ii) unrealised fair value gains on revaluation of FVOCI equity securities; (iii) unrealised fair value gains or losses on revaluation of FVOCI debt securities and FVOCI loans; (iv) cumulative fair value gains or losses on cashflow hedges of financial instruments that are measured at amortised cost; (v) unrealised fair value gains or losses on financial liabilities arising from changes in the credit worthiness of the Finance Company or any finance company group entity; (vi) unrealised fair value gains or losses on non-trading financial liabilities unless the Finance Company can demonstrate that the application of the fair value option to these liabilities is part of an identifiable and effective hedging strategy6 ; and (vii) balances maintained in a non-distributable regulatory loss allowance reserve account pursuant to paragraph 6.3 of MAS Notice 811; after deducting any interim or final dividends which have been declared by the Board of the Finance Company or any finance company group 5 This would exclude any capital instruments of the Finance Company which are held by the Finance Company or any of its finance company group entities (including treasury shares, where applicable). For the avoidance of doubt, this exclusion does not cover capital instruments held by a finance company group entity where: (a) the investments in the capital instruments are funded by external parties other than the Finance Company or any of its finance company group entities (e.g. life insurance policyholders or other third￾party investors); (b) the risks and rewards associated with the investments in the capital instruments are borne primarily by the external parties; and (c) decisions to transact in the capital instruments are made independently from the issuer of the capital instruments and in the interests of the external parties. 6 An effective hedging strategy is one where the gains or losses on the revaluation of these liabilities are offset by corresponding losses or gains on the revaluation of the derivatives that have been clearly identified as hedging such liabilities.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 6-2 entity on any class of shares and any interim losses incurred since the end of the last financial reporting period. Any interim profits earned since the end of the last financial reporting period may be included as disclosed reserves where the following conditions are met: (A) every interim financial statement is prepared using the same accounting policies and practices applied in the preparation of the year-end financial statements, unless the change in the accounting policy or practice is in accordance with any statutory requirement; (B) every interim financial statement and every significant transaction is reviewed in a timely manner by an external auditor; and (C) the external auditor of the Finance Company has not expressed a qualified opinion on any of the interim financial statements in the preceding 12 months7 ; (c) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] (d) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] (e) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017] 8 9 10 6.1.2 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 6.1.3 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 6.1.4 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 6.1.5 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 6.1.6 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 6.1.7 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 6.1.8 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 6.1.9 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] Deductions from Total Capital 6.1.10 Deductions from Total Capital shall be the sum of the following items, whether at the Solo or Group level, as the case may be: 7 In this regard, the external auditor shall confirm that nothing has come to his attention during the review that could render the interim financial information false or misleading. 8 [This footnote is intentionally left blank.] 9 [This footnote is intentionally left blank.] 10 [This footnote is intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 6-3 (a) goodwill; (b) any intangible asset, including but not limited to copyright, patents and other intellectual property; (c) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] (d) capital investments in every insurance subsidiary at the Solo and Group levels. A Finance Company shall – (i) not consolidate its investment in an insurance subsidiary; and (ii) account for such investments at cost, when preparing the consolidated financial statements of the finance company group for the purpose of calculating its regulatory capital requirements at the Group level; (e) capital investments in every unconsolidated subsidiary which is approved, licensed, registered or otherwise regulated by the Authority, unless a deduction has been made pursuant to sub-paragraph (d) above; (f) capital investments in every unconsolidated subsidiary which is not approved, licensed, registered or otherwise regulated by the Authority, unless a deduction has been made pursuant to sub-paragraph (d) above; (g) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] (h) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 11 12 13 (i) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] (j) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] (k) any amount that is to be included as Deductions from Total Capital pursuant to Part VII or Part VIII; and (l) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] (m) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] (n) [This sub-paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] (o) any other item or class of items which the Authority may specify in writing to the Finance Company for the purpose of this paragraph. 11 [This footnote is intentionally left blank.] 12 [This footnote is intentionally left blank.] 13 [This footnote is intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 6-4 6.1.11 Notwithstanding paragraph 6.1.10(d) above, for the purpose of determining Deductions from Total Capital, the capital investments held through the following funds by an insurance subsidiary shall be included as part of the capital investments of the finance company group: (a) any insurance fund established and maintained for its general business or any equivalent fund; (b) any insurance fund established and maintained for its non-participating policies or any equivalent fund; (c) any insurance fund established and maintained for its participating policies, and which relates to assets held other than for the purpose of meeting the liabilities in respect of the policies of the insurance fund or any equivalent fund; (d) any insurance fund established and maintained for its investment-linked policies, and which relates to assets held other than for the purpose of meeting those liabilities in respect of the policies of the insurance fund, the values of which are dependent on the value of the underlying assets or any equivalent fund; and (e) the shareholders' funds of any insurance subsidiary.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-1 PART VII: CREDIT RISK Division 1: Overview of Credit RWA Calculation

Sub-division 1: Introduction 7.1.1 The credit RWA of a Finance Company is the sum of its SA(CR) RWA calculated in accordance with Sub-division 3 of this Division, its SA(EQ) RWA calculated in accordance with Sub-division 5 of this Division and its SA(SE) RWA calculated in accordance with Sub￾division 6 of this Division. Sub-division 2: Exposures Included in the Calculation of SA(CR) RWA 7.1.2 A Finance Company shall include in its calculation of either SA(CR) RWA - (a) any on-balance sheet asset; and (b) any off-balance sheet item101 , but shall not include – (i) any equity exposure; (ii) any securitisation exposure; (iii) any securitised exposure that meets the requirements for the recognition of risk transference in a traditional securitisation set out in Sub-division 2 of Division 6 of this Part; or (iv) any exposure classified as a position or instrument in the trading book in accordance with Division 1 of Part VIII. 102 Sub-division 3: Calculation of SA(CR) RWA 7.1.3 To calculate its SA(CR) RWA, a Finance Company - (a) shall apply the exposure measurement requirements in Division 2 of this Part to calculate E, or where applicable E*, for any SA(CR) exposure; 101 “Off-balance sheet item” includes - (a) any pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from an OTC derivative transaction, whether such OTC derivative transaction is classified by the Finance Company as a banking or trading book exposure; (b) the underlying securities in a credit derivative transaction or an OTC derivative transaction that is in substance similar to a forward purchase or credit substitute; and (c) any pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from an SFT, whether such SFT is classified by the Finance Company as a banking or trading book exposure. For avoidance of doubt, a Finance Company shall include the on-balance sheet leg of an SFT under paragraph 7.1.2(a). 102 For the avoidance of doubt, all pre-settlement counterparty exposures arising from OTC derivative transactions, long settlement transactions and SFTs shall be included in the SA(CR) RWA.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-2 (b) shall categorise that SA(CR) exposure in accordance with Sub-division 1 of Division 3 of this Part; (c) shall allocate an applicable credit quality grade and risk weight for that SA(CR) exposure in accordance with Sub-divisions 2 and 3 respectively of Division 3 of this Part; (d) shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for that SA(CR) exposure using the following formula: Credit RWE = Exposure x RW where - (i) “Credit RWE” refers to the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for that SA(CR) exposure; (ii) “Exposure” refers to E, or where applicable E*, for that SA(CR) exposure; and (iii) “RW” refers to the applicable risk weight for that SA(CR) exposure determined in accordance with sub-paragraph (c) above; and (e) shall add the credit risk-weighted exposure amounts calculated in accordance with sub-paragraph (d) above for all its SA(CR) exposures. Sub-division 4: [This Sub-division has been intentionally left blank.] 7.1.4 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] Sub-division 5: Calculation of Credit RWA for Equity Exposures 7.1.5 To calculate its SA(EQ) RWA, a Finance Company - (a) shall apply the exposure measurement requirements in Division 2 of this Part to calculate E for any SA(EQ) exposure; (b) shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for that SA(EQ) exposure in accordance with Sub-division 3 of Division 5 of this Part; and (c) shall add the credit-risk weighted exposure amounts calculated in accordance with sub-paragraph (b) above for all its SA(EQ) exposures. 7.1.6 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.1.7 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-3 Sub-division 6: Calculation of Credit RWA for Securitisation Exposures 7.1.8 To calculate its SA(SE) RWA, a Finance Company - (a) shall apply the exposure measurement requirements in Division 2 of this Part to calculate E, or where applicable E*, for any SA(SE) exposure; (b) shall allocate an applicable credit quality grade for that SA(SE) exposure in accordance with Sub-division 4 of Division 6 of this Part; (c) shall calculate the credit-risk weighted exposure amount for each SA(SE) exposure, except for those SA(SE) exposures which the Finance Company is required to include as Deductions from Total Capital, using the following formula: Credit RWE = Exposure x RW where - (i) “Credit RWE” refers to the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for that SA(SE) exposure; (ii) “Exposure” refers to E, or where applicable E*, for that SA(SE) exposure calculated in accordance with sub-paragraph (a) above; and (iii) “RW” refers to the applicable risk weight for that SA(SE) exposure determined in accordance with sub-paragraph (b) above; and (d) shall add the credit risk-weighted exposure amounts calculated in accordance with sub-paragraph (c) above for all its SA(SE) exposures to the credit risk-weighted exposure amounts calculated in accordance with paragraph 7.1.10(c) below. 7.1.9 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.1.10 To calculate its RWA for early amortisation exposures, a Finance Company - (a) shall apply the exposure measurement requirements in Division 2 of this Part to calculate E for any early amortisation exposure; (b) shall calculate the credit-risk weighted exposure amount for each early amortisation exposure using the following formula: Credit RWE = Exposure x RW where - (i) “Credit RWE” refers to the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for that early amortisation exposure;

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-4 (ii) “Exposure” refers to E for that early amortisation exposure calculated in accordance with sub-paragraph (a) above; and (iii) “RW” refers to the risk weight appropriate to the underlying exposure type as if the exposure had not been securitised; and (c) shall add the credit risk-weighted exposure amounts calculated in accordance with sub-paragraph (b) above for all its early amortisation exposures using the SA(SE).

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-5 Division 2: Measurement of Exposures Sub-division 1: Introduction 7.2.1 A Finance Company shall apply the exposure measurement requirements set out in this Division and the standards for prudent valuation set out in Annex 8N of Part VIII to calculate E, or where applicable E*, for any SA(CR) exposure, SA(EQ) exposure or SA(SE) exposure. 7.2.2 A Finance Company shall consult with the Authority on the appropriate treatment to apply in the measurement of E for transactions that have not been addressed in this Division. 7.2.3 A Finance Company shall calculate E, or where applicable E*, for any SA(CR) exposure, SA(EQ) exposure or SA(SE) exposure net of any specific allowance attributable to such SA(CR) exposure, SA(EQ) exposure or SA(SE) exposure as determined in accordance with the Accounting Standards. 103 [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017] Sub-division 2: Measurement of E for On-balance Sheet Assets 7.2.4 Subject to paragraph 7.2.5 below, E 104 for each on-balance sheet asset shall be the carrying value of the asset as determined in accordance with the Accounting Standards.105 7.2.4A In the case of a lease where the Finance Company is exposed to residual value risk (i.e. potential loss due to the fair value of the leased asset declining below the estimate of its residual value reflected on the balance sheet of the Finance Company at lease inception), the Finance Company shall calculate (i) an exposure to the lessee equivalent to the discounted lease payment stream; and (ii) an exposure to the residual value of the leased assets equivalent to the estimate of the residual value reflected in the balance sheet of the Finance Company. 7.2.5 A Finance Company shall not recognise the effect of netting agreements relating to on-balance sheet assets and liabilities. 103 [Deleted by MAS 832 (Amendment) 2017] 104 For any asset, E shall be equal to the fair value of that asset presented in the balance sheet except that - (a) for any asset held at cost, E shall be equal to the cost of the asset presented in the balance sheet; and (b) for any FVOCI debt security or FVOCI loan, E shall be equal to the fair value less allowance for impairment of that FVOCI debt security or FVOCI loan, adjusted by deducting any unrealised fair value gains and adding back any unrealised fair value losses on revaluation (broadly equivalent to the amortised cost of the FVOCI debt security or FVOCI loan less any allowance for impairment). [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017] 105 Any foreign exchange transaction or translation gain or loss from a foreign currency-denominated on-balance sheet item as well as interest earned on a fixed income instrument should be allocated to the exposure to which it accrues.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-6 Sub-division 3: Measurement of E for Off-balance Sheet Items Other than Pre￾settlement Counterparty Exposures Arising from OTC Derivative Transactions, Long Settlement Transactions and SFTs 7.2.6 For each off-balance sheet item other than a pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from an OTC derivative transaction, long settlement transaction or SFT106 , a Finance Company shall calculate E by – (a) in the case of an early amortisation exposure, multiplying the amount of investors’ interest107 with the applicable CCF set out in Annex 7E of this Part; and (b) in all other cases, multiplying the notional amount108 of each item109 with

(i) the applicable CCF set out in Annex 7A of this Part if that item is an SA(CR) exposure; or (ii) the applicable CCF set out in Annex 7C of this Part if that item is an SA(SE) exposure. 7.2.7 For avoidance of doubt, where a Finance Company has provided unfunded credit protection via a total rate of return swap, E shall be equal to the notional amount of the underlying reference credit for which the Finance Company is providing protection adjusted for any payments received from or made to the protection buyer and recognised in the profit and loss account of the Finance Company. Where a Finance Company has provided unfunded credit protection via a credit default swap, E shall be equal to the notional amount of the underlying reference credit for which the Finance Company is providing protection. 106 Notwithstanding this, a Finance Company which is exposed to the risk of the underlying securities in an OTC derivative transaction, long settlement transaction or SFT which is in substance similar to a forward purchase or credit substitute shall calculate E for such an exposure in accordance with this Sub-division. 107 Investors’ interest is defined as the sum of – (a) investors’ drawn balances related to the securitised exposures; and (b) E associated with investors’ undrawn balances related to the securitisation exposures. E is determined by allocating the undrawn balances of securitised exposures on a pro-rata basis based on the proportions of the originator’s and investor’s shares of the securitised drawn balances. 108 The notional amount of an off-balance sheet item refers to the amount which has been committed but is as yet undrawn. The amount to which the CCF is applied is the lower of the value of the unused committed credit line, and the value which reflects any possible constraining availability of the facility, such as the existence of a ceiling on the potential lending amount which is related to an obligor’s reported cash flow. If the facility is constrained in this way, the Finance Company shall have sufficient line monitoring and management procedures to support this contention. 109 Any foreign exchange transaction or translation gain or loss from a foreign currency-denominated off-balance sheet item should be allocated to the exposure to which it accrues.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-7 Sub-division 4: Recognition of Eligible Financial Collateral for On-balance Sheet Assets and Off-balance Sheet Items Other than Equity Exposures, Securitisation Exposures, OTC Derivative Transactions, Long Settlement Transactions and SFTs 7.2.8 A Finance Company which has taken eligible financial collateral for any transaction other than an equity exposure, a securitisation exposure, an OTC derivative transaction, long settlement transaction or SFT may recognise the effect of such collateral in accordance with paragraphs 7.2.9 to 7.2.11 below. 7.2.9 A Finance Company using the SA(CR) may use either the FC(SA) or the FC(CA) to recognise the effect of eligible financial collateral. The Finance Company shall apply the chosen approach consistently to the entire banking book and shall not use a combination of both approaches. 7.2.10 A Finance Company using the SA(CR) and the FC(SA) may recognise the effect of eligible financial collateral in accordance with Sub-division 4 of Division 3 of this Part. Paragraph 7.2.11 in this Sub-division does not apply where a Finance Company uses the FC(SA). 7.2.11 A Finance Company using the SA(CR) and the FC(CA) may calculate E*, the SA(CR) exposure adjusted for eligible financial collateral, in accordance with Annex 7I of this Part and substitute E* for E when calculating the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for that SA(CR) exposure under Sub-division 3 of Division 1 of this Part. 7.2.12 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.2.13 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.2.14 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] Sub-division 5: Recognition of Eligible Financial Collateral for Securitisation Exposures 7.2.15 A Finance Company which has taken eligible financial collateral for a securitisation exposure may recognise the effect of such collateral in accordance with paragraphs 7.2.16 to 7.2.18 below. 7.2.16 A Finance Company using the SA(SE) may use either the FC(SA) or the FC(CA) to recognise the effect of eligible financial collateral. The Finance Company shall apply the chosen approach consistently to the entire banking book and shall not use a combination of both approaches. 7.2.17 A Finance Company using the SA(SE) and the FC(SA) may recognise the effect of eligible financial collateral in accordance with Sub-division 4 of Division 6 of this Part. Paragraph 7.2.18 in this Sub-division does not apply to a Finance Company using the FC(SA).

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-8 7.2.18 A Finance Company using the SA(SE) and the FC(CA) may calculate E*, the SA(SE) exposure adjusted for eligible financial collateral, in accordance with Annex 7I of this Part and substitute E* for E when calculating the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for that SA(SE) exposure under Sub-division 6 of Division 1 of this Part. 7.2.19 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.]

Sub-division 6: Measurement of E for Pre-settlement Counterparty Exposures Arising from OTC Derivative Transactions and Long Settlement Transactions 7.2.20 For each OTC derivative transaction or long settlement transaction, a Finance Company shall calculate E for the pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from that OTC derivative transaction or long settlement transaction using one of the following methods: (a) the current exposure method set out in Annex 7O of this Part; or (b) the CCR standardised method set out in Annex 7P of this Part. 7.2.21 Except in the cases set out in paragraph 7.1 of Annex 7P of this Part, combined use of the CCR standardised method and the current exposure method within an entity in the finance company group is not allowed. However, the use of the current exposure method by one entity within the finance company group and the CCR standardised method by another entity within the same finance company group is permitted. 7.2.21A Regardless of the method used by a Finance Company for calculating E for the pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from OTC derivative transactions and SFTs, a Finance Company may determine E for the pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from long settlement transactions using any of the methods set out in paragraph 7.2.20. Sub-division 7: Measurement of E for Pre-Settlement Counterparty Exposures Arising from SFTs 7.2.22 A Finance Company shall treat an SFT as collateralised lending for the purposes of this Notice, notwithstanding the wide range of structures which could be used for SFTs. 7.2.23 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.2.24 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.2.25 A Finance Company shall determine E for a pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from an SFT as follows109A: 109A For the avoidance of doubt, a Finance Company on either side of an SFT shall hold capital for the SFT. For example, this applies to repos and reverse repos, securities lending and securities borrowing transactions, and posting of securities in connection with derivative exposures or other borrowings.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-9 (a) in the case where the Finance Company has lent securities to a counterparty or sold securities to a counterparty with a commitment to repurchase those securities at a specified price on a specified future date, the latest fair value of the security lent or sold; and (b) in the case where the Finance Company has lent cash to a counterparty through the borrowing of securities from the counterparty or paid cash for the purchase of securities from a counterparty with a commitment to resell those securities at a specified price on a specified future date, the amount of cash lent or paid. 109B 7.2.26 A Finance Company which has taken eligible financial collateral for any SFT where the pre-settlement counterparty exposure is determined in accordance with paragraph 7.2.25 above may recognise the effect of such collateral in accordance with paragraphs 7.2.27 to 7.2.31 below. 7.2.27 A Finance Company using the SA(CR) may use either the FC(SA) or the FC(CA) to recognise the effect of eligible financial collateral for any SFT in the banking book. The Finance Company shall apply the chosen approach consistently to the entire banking book and shall not use a combination of both approaches. For a pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from any SFT in the trading book, a Finance Company using SA(CR) shall only use the FC(CA) to recognise the effect of eligible financial collateral. 7.2.28 A Finance Company using the SA(CR) and FC(SA) may recognise the effect of eligible financial collateral for any SFT in accordance with Sub-division 4 of Division 3 of this Part. Paragraphs 7.2.29 to 7.2.34 in this Sub-division do not apply where a Finance Company uses the FC(SA). 7.2.29 A Finance Company which has taken eligible financial collateral for any SFT that is not covered by a qualifying bilateral netting agreement may, if it is using the SA(CR) and the FC(CA), calculate E*, the SA(CR) exposure adjusted for eligible financial collateral, in accordance with Annex 7I of this Part, and substitute E* for E when calculating the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for that SA(CR) exposure under Sub-division 3 of Division 1 of this Part. 7.2.30 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.2.31 A Finance Company which has taken eligible financial collateral for an SFT that is covered by a qualifying bilateral netting agreement may, if it is using the SA(CR) and the FC(CA), calculate E*, the SA(CR) exposure adjusted for eligible financial collateral for all its SA(CR) exposures to any single counterparty covered by the qualifying bilateral netting agreement, in accordance with Annex 7I of this Part, and substitute E* for E when calculating the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for its SA(CR) exposures to that counterparty under Sub-division 3 of Division 1 of this Part. 109B Where a Finance Company, acting as an agent, arranges an SFT between a counterparty and a third party and provides a guarantee to the counterparty that the third party will perform on its obligations, then the risk to the Finance Company is the same as if the Finance Company had entered into the transaction as a principal. In such circumstances, the Finance Company shall calculate capital requirements as if it were itself the principal.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-10 Sub-division 8: [This Sub-division has been intentionally left blank.] 7.2.32 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.2.33 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] Sub-division 9: Exceptions to the Measurement of E 7.2.34 Notwithstanding paragraphs 7.2.1 to 7.2.31 above, a Finance Company may attribute a value of zero to E for - (a) any pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from any derivative transaction or SFT outstanding with a central counterparty and which has not been rejected by that central counterparty, provided that the exposure is fully collateralised on a daily basis; (b) any credit risk exposure arising from any derivative transaction, SFT or spot transaction which a Finance Company has outstanding 110 with a central counterparty for which the latter acts as a custodian on the Finance Company’s behalf, provided that the exposure is fully collateralised on a daily basis; (c) any pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from any credit derivative which a Finance Company may recognise as eligible credit protection for a banking book exposure or another CCR exposure; and (d) any pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from any sold credit default swap in the banking book, where the credit default swap is treated as credit protection sold by the Finance Company, and subject to credit risk capital requirements set forth in this Notice for the full notional amount. Sub-division 10: Measurement of E for Unsettled Transactions 7.2.35 A Finance Company shall determine E for an unsettled DvP transaction as the difference between the transaction valued at the agreed settlement price and the transaction valued at current market price, or in the case where the difference is negative, a value of zero. 7.2.36 A Finance Company shall determine E for an unsettled non-DvP transaction as equal to the outstanding receivables after the end of the first contractual payment or delivery date. 111 110 For example, credit exposures arising from monies placed and from collateral posted, with the counterparty. 111 If the dates when two payment legs are made are the same according to the time zones where each payment is made, they are deemed to have been settled on the same day.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-11 Division 3: SA(CR) Sub-division 1: Categorisation of SA(CR) Exposures 7.3.1 A Finance Company shall categorise any SA(CR) exposure that is not past due for more than 90 days into one of the following asset classes under SA(CR): (a) cash items, which consist of – (i) cash and cash equivalents111A; (ii) gold bullion held in the vaults of the Finance Company or on an allocated basis in the vaults of another entity to the extent that it is backed by gold bullion liabilities; and (iii) all receivable funds arising from transactions that are settled on a DvP basis which are outstanding up to and including the 4th business day after the settlement date112; (b) central government and central bank asset class, which consists of any SA(CR) exposure to a central government or central bank; (c) PSE asset class, which consists of any SA(CR) exposure to a PSE; (d) MDB asset class, which consists of any SA(CR) exposure to an MDB, the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund, the European Central Bank or the European Community; (e) bank asset class, which consists of any SA(CR) exposure to a banking institution; (f) corporate asset class, which consists of any SA(CR) exposure to any corporation, partnership, limited liability partnership, sole proprietorship or trustee in respect of a trust, other than exposures categorised in sub￾paragraphs (a) to (e), (g) and (h)113; (g) regulatory retail asset class, which consists of any SA(CR) exposure meeting all of the following conditions113A: (i) the exposure is to an individual, a group of individuals, or a small business; (ii) the exposure takes the form of any of the following: 111A Cash equivalents refer to cheques, drafts and other items drawn on other banking institutions that are either payable immediately upon presentation or that are in the process of collection. 112 This includes transactions settled on a payment-versus-payment basis. 113 For avoidance of doubt, an SA(CR) exposure to a securities firm or an insurance entity shall be categorised within the corporate asset class. 113A Securities (such as bonds and equities), whether listed or not, and any SA(CR) exposure that meets the conditions to be categorised within the residential mortgage asset class, are excluded from this asset class.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-12 (A) revolving credit and lines of credit, including credit cards and overdrafts; (B) personal term loans and leases, including instalment loans, vehicle loans and leases, student and educational loans, and personal finance; or (C) small business credit facilities and commitments. (iii) the Finance Company shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Authority that the exposure is one of a sufficient number of exposures113B with similar characteristics and that the portfolio is sufficiently diversified such that the risks associated with such lending are reduced; and (iv) the total exposure114 to any obligor115 or group of obligors116 is not more than $2 million; (h) residential mortgage asset class, which consists of any SA(CR) exposure meeting all of the following conditions: (i) the exposure is to an individual or a group of individuals, or if the exposure is to an entity other than an individual, the Finance Company is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Authority, that it has robust processes to ascertain that the exposure is structured to replicate the risk profile of an exposure to an individual or a group of individuals and that it is able to identify and manage the legal risks that arise in such structures; (ii) the exposure is - (a) secured against a first charge held by the Finance Company for a loan; or (b) secured against a junior charge held by the Finance Company for a loan where all the senior charges ranking above the junior charge in question are held by one or more of the following persons: 113B A factor to be considered is whether any total exposure to any obligor or group of obligors is not more than 0.2% of the total of the regulatory retail asset class. A Finance Company shall exclude exposures that are past due for more than 90 days for the assessment of diversification. 114 This includes any past due exposure to the same obligor or group of obligors. For the avoidance of doubt, this is gross of any CRM. 115 Where an exposure to an individual exceeds $2 million, the Finance Company shall categorise the exposure under the other exposures asset class. 116 The basis of aggregation for small business exposures of not more than $2 million that are treated as retail exposures shall be (a) the definition of an obligor group used by the Finance Company for its risk management purposes, with the proviso that exposures to related corporations and associates of the obligor and the sole proprietors or partners in any of the entities in the obligor group are to be included in the aggregation; and (b) based on all finance company group entities that fall within the scope of application of this Notice. However, the Finance Company may dis-aggregate certain exposures if the dis-aggregated obligors have sufficient financial resources to fully service their liabilities and do not need to depend on any other entity within the obligor group for financial assistance in meeting their liabilities. A simplistic dis￾aggregation based on product type alone would not be acceptable.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-13 (i) the Finance Company; (ii) CPF; (iii) HDB, in respect of - (A) of a completed residential property; (B) of an uncompleted residential property in Singapore; or (C) of an uncompleted residential property in a jurisdiction approved by the Authority on an exceptional basis117; [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2021] (iii) the exposure is not rated as a classified loan under MAS Notice 811; and (iv) the exposure is not to a corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or trustee in respect of a trust where such corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or trust is engaged in residential building, development or management; (i) CRE asset class, which consists of any SA(CR) exposure meeting all of the following condition118: (i) the exposure is to an individual or a group of individuals, a corporation, partnership, limited liability partnership, sole proprietorship or trustee in respect of a trust; and (ii) the exposure is secured by CRE; or (j) other exposures asset class, which consists of any SA(CR) exposure which does not fall within any of the categories in sub-paragraphs (a) to (i) above. This includes any exposures to the residual value of leased assets calculated in accordance with paragraph 7.2.4A. 117 Where an exposure is secured by residential real estate and meets the conditions in sub-paragraphs 7.3.1(h)(i) and 7.3.1(h)(iv), but not sub-paragraph 7.3.1(h)(ii), the Finance Company shall categorise the exposure under the other exposures asset class. 118 For the avoidance of doubt, a Finance Company shall categorise exposures which fit the description in both sub-paragraphs (f) and (i), or in both sub-paragraphs (g) and (i), under sub-paragraph (i) only.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-14 Sub-division 2: Credit Quality Grade and External Credit Assessments 7.3.2 A Finance Company shall assign an SA(CR) exposure to a credit quality grade based on the external credit assessment119 that is applicable to the SA(CR) exposure in accordance with Tables 7R-1 and 7R-2, as the case may be, of Annex 7R of this Part. 7.3.3 A Finance Company shall only use external credit assessments by recognised ECAIs. The Authority may impose conditions on the use of such external credit assessments. 7.3.3A A Finance Company shall perform an appropriate level of due diligence prior to the use of any recognised ECAI for the purpose of calculating regulatory capital requirements. 7.3.4 A Finance Company shall use its chosen recognised ECAIs and their external credit assessments consistently for each type of exposure, for both risk weighting and risk management purposes. Where a Finance Company has two external credit assessments which map into different credit quality grades, it shall assign the SA(CR) exposure to the credit quality grade associated with the higher risk weight. Where a Finance Company has three or more external credit assessments which map into two or more different credit quality grades, it shall assign the SA(CR) exposure to the credit quality grade associated with the higher of the two lowest risk weights.120 A Finance Company shall not cherry-pick the assessments provided by different recognised ECAIs nor arbitrarily change its choice of recognised ECAIs for each type of exposure after its initial selection. 7.3.4A A Finance Company shall have methodologies that enable it to assess the credit risk involved in exposures to individual borrowers or counterparties as well as at a portfolio level. A Finance Company using SA(CR) shall assess exposures, regardless of whether they are rated or unrated, and determine whether the risk weights applied to such exposures under the SA(CR) are appropriate for their inherent risk. In those instances where it determines that the inherent risk of such an exposure, particularly if it is unrated, is significantly higher than that implied by the risk weight to which it is assigned, the Finance Company shall consider the higher degree of credit risk in the evaluation of its overall capital adequacy. 7.3.5 A Finance Company shall not recognise the effects of CRM if such CRM is already reflected in the issue-specific external credit assessment of the SA(CR) exposure. 7.3.6 Where an SA(CR) exposure has an issue-specific external credit assessment, a Finance Company shall use such assessment. Where an SA(CR) exposure does not have an issue-specific external credit assessment120A , - 119 The Finance Company may only use an external credit assessment which is accessible to the public. A Finance Company may not use credit assessment that is made available only to the parties to a transaction. 120 For illustration, if there are three external credit assessments mapping into credit quality grades with risk weights of 0%, 20% and 50%, then the applicable risk weight is 20%. If the external credit assessments map into credit quality grades with risk weights of 20%, 50% and 50%, then the applicable risk weight is 50%. 120A A short-term issue-specific external credit assessment cannot be used to derive risk weights for other short￾term claims to the same obligor, except where set out in paragraphs 7.3.22A, 7.3.23 and 7.3.26. In all cases, a short-term issue-specific external credit assessment cannot be used to support a risk weight for an unrated long-term claim.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-15 (a) if there is an issue-specific external credit assessment for another exposure to the same obligor which maps to a risk weight that is lower than that applicable to an unrated exposure, a Finance Company may use the issue-specific assessment for the other exposure only if the exposure without an issue-specific assessment ranks pari passu with or is senior to the exposure with the issue-specific assessment in all respects; (b) if the obligor has an issuer external credit assessment which maps to a risk weight that is lower than that applicable to an unrated exposure, a Finance Company may use the issuer assessment of the obligor only if the exposure is a senior claim; (c) if there is an issue-specific external credit assessment for another exposure to the same obligor which maps to a risk weight that is higher than that applicable to an unrated exposure, a Finance Company shall use the issue-specific assessment for the other exposure if the exposure without an issue-specific assessment ranks pari passu with or is subordinated to the exposure with the issue-specific assessment; (d) if the obligor has an issuer external credit assessment which maps to a risk weight that is higher than that applicable to an unrated exposure, a Finance Company shall use the issuer assessment of the obligor if the exposure without an issue-specific assessment ranks pari passu with or is subordinated to the highest unsecured claim on the obligor; or (e) in all other cases, a Finance Company shall apply the risk weight that is applicable to an unrated exposure. 7.3.6A A Finance Company shall not use external credit assessments for an obligor within a group to risk weight other obligors within the same group. 7.3.7 Where an SA(CR) exposure is risk-weighted in accordance with paragraphs 7.3.6(a) to (d) above, a Finance Company may use a domestic currency external credit assessment120B, if separate, only if – (a) the SA(CR) exposure is denominated in that domestic currency; or (b) the SA(CR) exposure is guaranteed against convertibility and transfer risk by a qualifying MDB, in which case the domestic currency external credit assessment can be used only for the portion of the SA(CR) exposure that is covered by such a guarantee. For the portion of the SA(CR) exposure that is not covered by such a guarantee, a Finance Company shall use a foreign currency external credit assessment. 7.3.8 A Finance Company may use an external credit assessment to risk weight an SA(CR) exposure only if the external credit assessment has taken into account and reflects the entire amount of credit risk exposure the Finance Company has with regard to all payments owed to it.121 120B For the avoidance of doubt, a Finance Company shall use a foreign currency external credit assessment for an SA(CR) exposure denominated in foreign currency. 121 For example, if a Finance Company is owed both principal and interest, the assessment shall fully take into account and reflect the credit risk associated with repayment of both principal and interest.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-16 7.3.9 A Finance Company shall not use unsolicited external credit assessments to assign any SA(CR) exposure to a credit quality grade, unless - (a) it has assessed the quality of the unsolicited external credit assessments that it intends to use and is satisfied that these are comparable in performance with solicited external credit assessments and maintains relevant records and documents to be made available to the Authority upon request; and (b) it uses unsolicited external credit assessments consistently for each type of exposures, for both risk weighting and risk management purposes. 7.3.9A The Authority may exclude the use of unsolicited external credit assessments by a recognised ECAI for the purpose of calculating regulatory capital requirements if the Authority is not satisfied that the unsolicited assessments are not inferior in quality to the general quality of solicited assessments. In the event the Authority is of the view that an ECAI uses unsolicited ratings to put pressure on entities to obtain solicited ratings, the Authority may refuse to recognise such ECAIs as eligible for capital adequacy purposes. Sub-division 3: Risk Weights 7.3.10 Subject to Sub-division 4 of this Division, a Finance Company using the SA(CR) shall121A - (a) for an SA(CR) exposure that is not past due for more than 90 days, determine the applicable risk weight in accordance with paragraphs 7.3.11 to 7.3.30 below122; (b) for an SA(CR) exposure that is past due for more than 90 days, determine the applicable risk weight in accordance with paragraphs 7.3.31 to 7.3.35 below; and (c) for an SA(CR) exposure arising from an unsettled transaction, determine the applicable risk weight in accordance with paragraphs 7.3.36 to 7.3.40 below. Cash Items 7.3.11 Subject to paragraph 7.3.12 below, a Finance Company shall apply a 0% risk weight to any SA(CR) exposure categorised as a cash item. 7.3.12 A Finance Company shall apply a 20% risk weight to cheques, drafts and other items drawn on other banking institutions that are either payable immediately upon presentation or that are in the process of collection. 121A This includes an SA(CR) exposure to lessee equivalent to the discounted lease payment as calculated in accordance with paragraph 7.2.4A. 122 Where an SA(CR) exposure which is not past due has a credit quality grade which corresponds to a risk weight of 150%, a Finance Company may apply the appropriate treatment and risk weights set out in paragraphs 7.3.31 to 7.3.35.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-17 Central Government and Central Bank Asset Class 7.3.13 Subject to paragraphs 7.3.14 and 7.3.15 below, a Finance Company shall risk￾weight any SA(CR) exposure in the central government and central bank asset class in accordance with Table 7-1. Table 7-1: Risk Weights for the Central Government and Central Bank Asset Class Credit Quality Grade 1 2 3 4 5 6 Unrated Risk Weight 0% 20% 50% 100% 100% 150% 100% 7.3.14 A Finance Company shall apply a 0% risk weight to any SA(CR) exposure to the Government or the Authority which is denominated in Singapore dollars and funded by liabilities denominated in Singapore dollars. 7.3.15 For any SA(CR) exposure to any other central government or central bank which is denominated and funded in the local currency of that jurisdiction, a Finance Company may apply such risk weights as may be specified by the bank regulatory agency of that jurisdiction. PSE Asset Class 7.3.16 Subject to paragraph 7.3.17 below, a Finance Company shall risk-weight any SA(CR) exposure in the PSE asset class in accordance with Table 7-2. Table 7-2: Risk Weights for the PSE Asset Class Credit Quality Grade 1 2 3 4 5 6 Unrated Risk Weight 20% 50% 50% 100% 100% 150% 100% 7.3.17 A Finance Company shall risk weight any SA(CR) exposure in the PSE asset class in accordance with Table 7-3 if – (a) the exposures to the central government of the jurisdiction of that PSE have a credit quality grade of “1” as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of this Part; and (b) in the case of a PSE outside Singapore, the bank regulatory agency of the jurisdiction where the PSE is established has exercised the national discretion to treat the claim on the PSE as a claim on the central government and the exposures to the central government of the jurisdiction of that PSE have a credit quality grade of “1” as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of this Part. Table 7-3: Risk Weights for Exposures to PSEs where the Central Government has a Credit Quality Grade of “1” Credit Quality Grade 1 2 3 4 5 6 Unrated Risk Weight 0% 20% 20% 100% 100% 150% 20%

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-18 MDB Asset Class 7.3.18 Subject to paragraphs 7.3.19 and 7.3.20 below, a Finance Company shall risk￾weight any SA(CR) exposure in the MDB asset class in accordance with Table 7-4. Table 7-4: Risk Weights for the MDB Asset Class Credit Quality Grade 1 2 3 4 5 6 Unrated Risk Weight 20% 50% 50% 100% 100% 150% 50% 7.3.19 A Finance Company shall apply a 0% risk weight to any SA(CR) exposure to a qualifying MDB. 7.3.20 A Finance Company shall apply a 0% risk weight to any SA(CR) exposure to the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund, the European Central Bank or the European Community. Bank Asset Class 7.3.21 Subject to paragraphs 7.3.22 and 7.3.23 below, a Finance Company shall risk￾weight any SA(CR) exposure in the bank asset class in accordance with Table 7-5. Table 7-5: Risk Weights for the Bank Asset Class Credit Quality Grade 1 2 3 4 5 6 Unrated Risk Weight 20% 50% 50% 100% 100% 150% 50% Risk Weight for Short-Term Exposures123 20% 20% 20% 50% 50% 150% 20% 7.3.22 A Finance Company shall risk-weight any short-term SA(CR) exposure in the bank asset class with an issue-specific external credit assessment in accordance with Table 7-6. Table 7-6: Risk Weights for Short-Term SA(CR) Exposures in the Bank Asset Class with Issue-Specific External Credit Assessments Short-Term Credit Quality Grade I II III IV Risk Weight 20% 50% 100% 150% 7.3.22A If a short-term SA(CR) exposure in the bank asset class with an issue-specific external credit assessment attracts a risk weight that is higher than that applicable for a short-term exposure under Table 7-5, the Finance Company shall apply the risk weight based on the issue-specific assessment to any unrated short-term SA(CR) exposure to the same banking institution. 7.3.23 For any SA(CR) exposure in the bank asset class that does not have an external credit assessment by a recognised ECAI, a Finance Company shall apply the risk weight determined in accordance with Table 7-5 or the risk weight that is applicable to an SA(CR) 123 For the purposes of this table, short-term exposures refer to exposures with an original maturity of three months or less and that are not expected to be rolled over.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-19 exposure to the central government of the jurisdiction in which the banking institution is incorporated or established, whichever is higher. 124 If a short-term SA(CR) exposure in the bank asset class with an issue-specific external credit assessment124A - (a) attracts a risk weight of 50% or 100%, then the Finance Company shall apply a risk weight of not lower than 100% to any unrated short-term SA(CR) exposure to the same banking institution; or (b) attracts a risk weight of 150%, then the Finance Company shall apply a risk weight of 150% to any unrated SA(CR) exposure (whether long-term or short-term) to the same banking institution. Corporate Asset Class 7.3.24 Subject to paragraphs 7.3.25 and 7.3.26 below, a Finance Company shall risk￾weight any SA(CR) exposure in the corporate asset class in accordance with Table 7-7. Table 7-7: Risk Weights for the Corporate Asset Class Credit Quality Grade 1 2 3 4 5 6 Unrated Risk Weight 20% 50% 100% 100% 150% 150% 100% 7.3.25 A Finance Company shall risk-weight any short-term SA(CR) exposure in the corporate asset class with an issue-specific external credit assessment in accordance with Table 7-8. Table 7-8: Risk Weights for Short-Term SA(CR) Exposures in the Corporate Asset Class with Issue-Specific External Credit Assessments Short-Term Credit Quality Grade I II III IV Risk Weight 20% 50% 100% 150% 7.3.26 For any SA(CR) exposure in the corporate asset class that does not have an external credit assessment by a recognised ECAI, a Finance Company shall apply the risk weight determined in accordance with Table 7-7 or the risk weight that is applicable to an SA(CR) exposure to the central government of the jurisdiction in which the corporate is incorporated or established, whichever is higher. 125 If a short-term SA(CR) exposure in the corporate asset class with an issue-specific external credit assessment - (a) attracts a risk weight of 50% or 100%, then the Finance Company shall apply a risk weight of not lower than 100% to any unrated short-term SA(CR) exposure to the same corporate; or (b) attracts a risk weight of 150%, then the Finance Company shall apply a risk weight of 150% to any unrated SA(CR) exposure (whether long-term or short-term) to the same corporate. 124 This does not apply to claims of the confirming bank on the issuing bank in the case of short-term self￾liquidating letters of credit. 124A For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of an exposure to which this sentence and paragraph 7.3.22A both apply, the Finance Company shall apply the higher of the two risk weights. 125 The Authority may from time to time specify a higher risk weight for a particular exposure or group of exposures, taking into account, among other things, the default experience of this type of exposures.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-20 7.3.27 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.]

Regulatory Retail Asset Class 7.3.28 A Finance Company shall apply a 75%126 risk weight to any SA(CR) exposure in the regulatory retail asset class. Residential Mortgage Asset Class 7.3.29 Subject to paragraph 7.3.29A below, a Finance Company shall risk weight any SA(CR) exposure in the residential mortgage asset class in accordance with Table 7-9. 127 Table 7-9: Risk Weights for the Residential Mortgage Asset Class Condition Risk Weight Where the LTV ratio128 calculated in accordance with MAS Notice 825 is - (a) less than or equal to 80%; or (b) more than 80% but less than or equal to 90%, where there is mortgage insurance which complies with the requirements in Annex 7T of this Part (“qualifying mortgage insurance”) covering at least the portion of each exposure in excess of 80%. 50% Where the LTV ratio128 calculated in accordance with MAS Notice 825 is more than 80%. 100% 7.3.29A Where the SA(CR) exposure is secured against a junior charge, the numerator of the LTV ratio referred to in Table 7-9 shall be adjusted to include all senior charges ranking above the junior charge in question, including senior charges held by CPF, or HDB, or both. [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2021] 126 The Authority may from time to time specify a higher risk weight for a particular exposure or group of exposures, taking into account, among other things, the default experience of this type of exposures. 127 The Authority may from time to time specify a higher risk weight for a particular exposure or group of exposures, taking into account, among other things, the default experience of this type of exposures. 128 A Finance Company shall calculate the LTV ratio as at the inception of the exposure and on an ongoing-basis thereafter. In calculating the LTV ratio on an ongoing basis, a Finance Company shall have in place policies covering matters such as the frequency of revaluation, the procedures for revaluation under various market circumstances, and the revaluation methods and approaches to be used in each circumstance which could include statistical methods (e.g. reference to property indices, sampling etc.) or formal revaluation by an independent accredited valuer. Statistical methods should be regularly backtested and benchmarked, where possible, so that the results obtained are robust. In general, a Finance Company is expected to undertake a formal revaluation regularly.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-21 7.3.29B Subject to the approval of the Authority, a Finance Company may, instead of applying paragraph 7.3.29A, apply a 100% risk weight to SA(CR) exposures in the residential mortgage asset class secured against a junior charge. CRE Asset Class 7.3.29C A Finance Company shall apply a 100%129 risk weight to any SA(CR) exposure in the CRE asset class. Other Exposures Asset Class 7.3.30 A Finance Company shall apply a 100%130 risk weight to any SA(CR) exposure in the other exposures asset class. Past Due Exposures 7.3.31 Subject to paragraphs 7.3.32 and 7.3.35, a Finance Company shall risk-weight the unsecured portion of any SA(CR) exposure that is past due for more than 90 days in accordance with Table 7-10. Table 7-10: Risk Weights for Past Due Exposures Condition Risk Weight Where specific allowances are less than 20% of the outstanding amount of the exposure 150% Where specific allowances are no less than 20% of the outstanding amount of the exposure 100% [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017] 7.3.32 For the purposes of paragraph 7.3.31 above, a Finance Company shall calculate the unsecured portion of any SA(CR) exposure that is past due for more than 90 days as follows: (a) for a Finance Company using the FC(SA), Unsecured Portion = E – P – Cf where - (i) E = E calculated in accordance with Division 2 of this Part; (ii) P = notional amount of eligible credit protection received; and 129 In the case of an exposure which fits the description in both sub-paragraphs (f) and (i) of paragraph 7.3.1 on categorisation of SA(CR) exposures, the Finance Company shall apply the higher of the risk weights applicable to that exposure under paragraph 7.3.24 and this paragraph. 130 The Authority may from time to time specify a higher risk weight for a particular exposure or group of exposures, taking into account, among other things, the default experience of this type of exposures.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-22 (iii) Cf = fair value of eligible financial collateral received; or (b) for a Finance Company using the FC(CA), Unsecured Portion = E*– P where - (i) E* = E* calculated in accordance with Division 2 of this Part; and (ii) P = notional amount of eligible credit protection received. 7.3.33 The Finance Company shall risk weight the portion that is protected by eligible credit protection in accordance with Sub-division 4 of this Division. A Finance Company using the FC(SA) shall risk weight the portion secured by eligible financial collateral in accordance with Sub-division 4 of this Division. 7.3.34 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.3.35 A Finance Company shall apply a 100% risk weight to any SA(CR) exposure in the residential mortgage asset class that is past due for more than 90 days. Unsettled Transactions 7.3.36 A Finance Company shall comply with the requirements set out in paragraphs 7.3.37 to 7.3.39 below to calculate the credit-risk weighted exposure amount for any unsettled transactions130A on securities, foreign exchange instruments and commodities (other than an SFT). 7.3.37 A Finance Company shall apply a risk weight to any SA(CR) exposure arising from receivables131 that remain unpaid or undelivered in respect of an unsettled DvP transaction in accordance with Table 7-11. Table 7-11: Risk Weights for Unsettled DvP Transactions Number of Business Days after Agreed Settlement Date Risk Weight From 0 to 4 0% From 5 to 15 100% From 16 to 30 625% From 31 to 45 937.5% 46 or more 1,250% 130A This includes any transaction, through a settlement and clearing system recognised by the Authority that is subject to daily mark-to-market and payment of daily variation margins and that involves a mismatched trade. 131 Such exposures shall be treated as a loan to the counterparty.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-23 7.3.38 A Finance Company which has fulfilled its obligations under the first contractual payment or delivery leg of a non-DvP transaction shall regard as a loan exposure to its counterparty any outstanding receivables after the end of the first contractual payment or delivery date132 . The Finance Company shall risk weight any such SA(CR) exposure arising from receivables that remain unpaid or undelivered up to and including the fourth business day after the second contractual payment or delivery date in accordance with paragraphs 7.3.11 to 7.3.30 above. If such SA(CR) exposures are not material in aggregate, the Finance Company may apply a uniform risk weight of 100% to all of them. 7.3.39 If the receivables arising from the non-DvP transaction remain unpaid or undelivered on or after the fifth business day after the second contractual payment or delivery date, the Finance Company shall include the SA(CR) exposure arising from such receivables and replacement cost, if any, as Deductions from Total Capital . This treatment shall continue until the second payment or delivery leg is effectively completed. 7.3.40 The Authority may exempt the Finance Company from the applicable capital treatment in paragraphs 7.3.37 and 7.3.39 above if there has been a system-wide failure of a settlement or clearing system that causes significant disruption to normal settlement and clearing processes. The Authority may grant such exemption subject to such conditions or restrictions as the Authority may impose. Sub-division 4: Treatment of Credit Protection and Recognition of Eligible Financial Collateral Treatment of Eligible Credit Protection Bought 7.3.41 A Finance Company which has bought eligible credit protection for an SA(CR) exposure may recognise the effects of CRM of the eligible credit protection as follows: (a) break down the SA(CR) exposure into - (i) a protected portion with E equal to the notional amount of the eligible credit protection133; and (ii) an unprotected portion with E equal to the E of the SA(CR) exposure less the notional amount of the eligible credit protection; and (b) for the purposes of calculating the credit risk-weighted exposure amount pursuant to Sub-division 3 of Division 1 of this Part, use - (i) for the protected portion, the risk weight that is applicable to the eligible protection provider; and (ii) for the unprotected portion, the risk weight that is applicable to the obligor. 132 If the dates when two payment legs are made are the same according to the time zones where each payment is made, they are deemed to have been settled on the same day. 133 A Finance Company shall treat the protected portion of an SA(CR) exposure which has a currency mismatch or maturity mismatch in accordance with Annex 7F of this Part.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-24 7.3.42 Notwithstanding paragraph 7.3.41(b), a Finance Company shall include as Deductions from Total Capital any materiality threshold below which no payment will be made by the protection provider in the event of loss on an SA(CR) exposure as such threshold is equivalent to a retained first loss position. 7.3.43 A Finance Company shall apply the relevant provisions in Annex 7H of this Part for the purpose of determining the protected portion in cases of proportional cover, principal-only cover, partially eligible credit derivatives, tranched cover and basket credit derivatives. Treatment of Credit Protection Sold 7.3.44 A Finance Company which has sold unfunded credit protection acquires exposure to the reference asset. If such exposure is an SA(CR) exposure, the Finance Company shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the exposure using the risk weight that is applicable to the obligor of the reference asset. 7.3.45 If the unfunded credit protection has more than one reference asset, the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the credit protection is the sum of the credit risk￾weighted exposure amounts in respect of each reference asset calculated using the risk weights that are applicable to the obligors of the respective reference assets. 7.3.46 A Finance Company which has sold funded credit protection acquires exposure to both the reference asset and the protection buyer. If such exposures are SA(CR) exposures, the Finance Company shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the credit protection as the sum of - (a) the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the exposure to the reference asset calculated in accordance with paragraphs 7.3.44 and 7.3.45 above, as applicable; and (b) the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the exposure to the protection buyer, using - (i) E = the carrying value of the collateral placed with the protection buyer; and (ii) the risk weight that is applicable to the protection buyer. 7.3.47 The capital requirement for the credit protection calculated in accordance with paragraphs 7.3.45 and 7.3.46 shall not exceed the notional amount of the credit protection i.e. the maximum possible payout under the credit protection. 7.3.48 Where a Finance Company has provided credit protection (whether funded or unfunded) through a proportionate structure, i.e. where the maximum possible payout in respect of any particular reference asset is capped at a pre-determined proportion of the notional amount of the credit protection, the Finance Company shall divide the exposure into individual sub-exposures equal to the proportionate amount of credit protection in respect of each reference asset for the purposes of calculating the credit risk-weighted exposure amount applicable to the credit protection sold.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-25 7.3.49 Where a Finance Company has provided credit protection for a basket of reference exposures through a first-to-default credit derivative, the Finance Company shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount applicable to the credit protection sold as follows - (a) where the credit derivative has an external credit assessment by a recognised ECAI, apply the capital treatment as set out in paragraph 7.6.19 and 7.6.20 of this Part; and (b) where the credit derivative is unrated, apply the capital treatment as set out in paragraph 7.6.25 of this Part. 7.3.49A Where a Finance Company has provided credit protection for a basket of reference exposures through a second-to-default credit derivative, the Finance Company shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount applicable to the credit protection sold as follows - (a) where the credit derivative has an external credit assessment by a recognised ECAI, apply the capital treatment as set out in paragraph 7.6.19 and 7.6.20 of this Part; and (b) where the credit derivative is unrated, apply the capital treatment as set out in paragraph 7.6.26 of this Part. Recognition of Eligible Financial Collateral under FC(SA) 7.3.50 Subject to paragraph 7.3.51 below, a Finance Company which has taken eligible financial collateral for an SA(CR) exposure and is using the FC(SA)134 may recognise the effects of CRM of the eligible financial collateral as follows: (a) break down the SA(CR) exposure into - (i) a collateralised portion with E equal to the latest fair value of the eligible financial collateral; and (ii) an uncollateralised portion with E equal to the E of the SA(CR) exposure less the latest fair value of the eligible financial collateral; and (b) for the purposes of calculating the credit risk-weighted exposure amount pursuant to Sub-division 3 of Division 1 of this Part, use - (i) for the collateralised portion, the risk weight that is applicable to the eligible financial collateral as though the Finance Company had a direct exposure to that collateral; and 134 The Finance Company shall mark-to-market and revalue the collateral with at least on a six monthly basis or more frequently if specified by the Authority. A Finance Company which is using FC(SA) shall not recognise the effects of CRM of any collateral with a maturity mismatch.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-26 (ii) for the uncollateralised portion, the risk weight that is applicable to the obligor. 7.3.51 If the risk weight determined in accordance with paragraph 7.3.50(b)(i) above is less than 20%, a Finance Company shall apply a risk weight of 20% to the collateralised portion of the SA(CR) exposure, except in the following cases: (a) a qualifying SFT where the counterparty in the transaction is a core market participant, in which case the Finance Company may apply a risk weight of 0%; (b) a qualifying SFT where the counterparty in the transaction is not a core market participant, in which case the Finance Company may apply a risk weight of 10%; (c) an OTC derivative transaction subject to daily mark-to-market that is collateralised by cash, and where there is no currency mismatch, in which case the Finance Company may apply a risk weight of 0%; (d) an OTC derivative transaction subject to daily mark-to-market that is collateralised by exposures to central governments, central banks or PSE or a combination thereof qualifying for a 0% risk weight under the SA(CR), and where there is no currency mismatch, in which case the Finance Company may apply a risk weight of 10%; and (e) a transaction where there is no currency mismatch and the collateral comprises - (i) cash on deposit as set out in paragraph 2.2(a) of Annex 7F of this Part; or (ii) exposures in the central government and central bank asset class or in the PSE asset class or a combination thereof qualifying for a 0% risk weight under the SA(CR), and the latest fair value of such collateral has been discounted by 20% for the purposes of determining the value of the collateralised portion of the SA(CR) exposure in accordance with paragraph 7.3.50(a)(i) above, in which case the Finance Company may apply a risk weight of 0%. Treatment of Pools of CRM 7.3.52 A Finance Company which is using multiple CRM to cover a single SA(CR) exposure (e.g. the Finance Company has both eligible financial collateral and eligible credit protection partially covering the exposure) shall sub-divide the exposure into portions covered by each type of CRM (e.g. a portion covered by eligible financial collateral and a portion covered by eligible credit protection) and calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount of each portion separately by applying paragraphs 7.3.41, 7.3.42, 7.3.43, 7.3.50 and 7.3.51, whichever is applicable. A Finance Company shall apply the same approach when recognising eligible credit protection by a single protection provider with differing maturities.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-27 Division 4: [This Division has been intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-28 Division 5: Equity Exposures Sub-division 1: Definition of Equity Exposures 7.5.1 A Finance Company shall categorise an instrument as an equity exposure if - (a) it is irredeemable and the return of invested funds can be achieved only by the sale of the investment or sale of the rights to the investment or by the liquidation of the issuer of the instrument; (b) it does not in substance amount to an obligation on the part of the issuer of the instrument; and (c) it conveys a residual claim on the assets or income of the issuer of the instrument. A Finance Company shall include as an equity exposure, any ownership interests 135 , whether voting or non-voting, in the assets or income of a corporation, any derivative instruments tied to ownership interests. 7.5.2 A Finance Company shall treat any instrument136 structured with the intent of conveying the economic substance of an equity exposure as defined in paragraph 7.5.1 as an equity exposure.137 7.5.3 Subject to paragraphs 7.5.4 to 7.5.9, a Finance Company shall not treat any instrument structured with the intent of conveying the economic substance of a debt holding or securitisation exposure as an equity exposure.138 7.5.4 Notwithstanding paragraphs 7.5.1 to 7.5.3 above, a Finance Company shall categorise the following instruments as equity exposures: (a) an instrument with the same structure as one approved for inclusion as Total Capital under Part VI, or an instrument with the same structure as one specified as a Tier 1 capital instrument138A under MAS Notice 637, or equivalent regulatory requirements of a bank regulatory agency other than the Authority; and 135 Indirect equity interests include holdings in corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other types of enterprises that issue ownership interests and are engaged principally in the business of investing in equity instruments. 136 This includes any debt, security, partnership, derivative or vehicle. 137 Any perpetual instrument which is irredeemable or redeemable at the issuer’s option shall be categorised as an equity exposure. For example, irredeemable perpetual preference shares or perpetual preference shares redeemable at the issuer’s option shall be characterised as equity exposures. Any debt instrument which is convertible into equity at the option of the issuer or automatically by the terms of the instruments shall also be characterised as an equity exposure. A short position in equity securities shall also be characterised as an equity exposure. 138 For example, perpetual preference shares redeemable at holder’s option and non-convertible term preference shares would be treated as debt exposures. 138A For the purposes of this paragraph, a Tier 1 capital instrument is as defined in MAS Notice 637.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-29 (b) an instrument that in substance amounts to an obligation on the part of the issuer of the instrument and where one or more of the following requirements are complied with: (i) the issuer may defer the settlement of the obligation indefinitely; (ii) the obligation requires or permits, at the discretion of the issuer, settlement by issuance of a fixed number of the equity shares of the issuer; (iii) the obligation requires or permits, at the discretion of the issuer, settlement by issuance of a variable number of the equity shares of the issuer and ceteris paribus any change in the value of the obligation is attributable to, comparable to, and in the same direction as, the change in the value of a fixed number of the equity shares of the issuer139; or (iv) the holder has the option to require that the obligation be settled in equity shares, unless the Finance Company is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Authority that the instrument should be treated as a debt exposure. 140In the case of a traded instrument, the Finance Company shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Authority that the instrument is traded more like the debt of the issuer than its equity. 7.5.5 In the case stated in paragraph 7.5.4(c)(iv), a Finance Company may, with the approval of the Authority, break down the risks associated with the instrument into an equity position and a debt position for the purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements under the Notice. The Finance Company shall, if required by the Authority, be able to demonstrate how it breaks down the risks into an equity exposure and a debt exposure. 7.5.6 A Finance Company shall categorise any equity exposure arising from a debt to equity swap made as part of the orderly realisation or restructuring of the debt as an equity exposure. Such instruments shall not attract a lower regulatory capital requirement than would apply if they had remained in the debt portfolio. 7.5.7 A Finance Company shall categorise any instrument with a return linked to that of equities as an equity exposure. However, such an instrument need not be included as an equity exposure if it is directly hedged by another equity exposure and the net position does not involve material risk.141

139 For certain obligations that require or permit settlement by issuance of a variable number of the issuer’s equity shares, the change in the monetary value of the obligation is equal to the change in the fair value of a fixed number of equity shares multiplied by a specified factor. Those obligations meet the conditions of paragraph 7.5.4(b)(iii) if both the factor and the referenced number of shares are fixed. For example, an issuer may be required to settle an obligation by issuing shares with a value equal to three times the appreciation in the fair value of 1,000 equity shares. That obligation is considered to be the same as an obligation that requires settlement by issuance of shares equal to the appreciation in the fair value of 3,000 equity shares. 140 [This footnote has been intentionally left blank.] 141 A Finance Company shall, if required by the Authority, be able to demonstrate that the net position of hedged equity exposures does not involve material risk.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-30 7.5.8 The Authority may, on a case-by-case basis, require a Finance Company to re￾characterise a debt holding as an equity exposure for the purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements. Sub-division 2: Overview of Calculation of Credit RWA for Equity Exposures 7.5.9 A Finance Company shall not include the following in its calculation of SA(EQ) RWA: (a) any equity exposure held in the trading book; (b) any equity exposure that is not consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the Finance Company in accordance with Part III; or (c) any equity exposure that is required to be included as Deductions from Total Capital pursuant to Part VI. 7.5.10 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] Sub-division 3: Calculation of Credit Risk-Weighted Exposure Amount for Equity Exposures Using SA(EQ) 7.5.11 A Finance Company using the SA(EQ) to calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for its equity exposures shall apply a risk weight of 100% to E, being the value of the equity exposure measured in accordance with Division 2 of this Part. 142 7.5.12 A Finance Company shall treat short positions as if they are long positions, and apply a risk weight of 100% to the value of each position as measured in accordance with Division 2 of this Part. Treatment of Credit Protection Bought 7.5.13 A Finance Company which has bought eligible credit protection for an SA(EQ) exposure may recognise the effects of CRM of the eligible credit protection as follows: (a) break down the SA(EQ) exposure into - (i) a protected portion with E equal to the notional amount of the eligible credit protection143; and (ii) an unprotected portion with E equal to the E of the SA(EQ) exposure less the notional amount of the eligible credit protection; and 142 The Authority may from time to time specify a higher risk weight for a particular exposure or group of exposures, taking into account, among other things, the risks of this type of exposures. 143 A Finance Company shall treat the protected portion of an SA(EQ) exposure which has a currency mismatch or a maturity mismatch in accordance with Annex 7F of this Part.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-31 (b) for the purposes of calculating the credit risk-weighted exposure amount pursuant to Sub-division 5 of Division 1 of this Part, use - (i) for the protected portion, the risk weight that is applicable to the eligible protection provider; and (ii) for the unprotected portion, a risk weight of 100%. 7.5.14 Notwithstanding paragraph 7.5.13(b), a Finance Company shall include as Deductions from Total Capital any materiality threshold below which no payment will be made by the protection provider in the event of loss on an SA(EQ) exposure as such threshold is equivalent to a retained first loss position. 7.5.15 A Finance Company shall apply the relevant provisions in Annex 7H of this Part for the purpose of determining the protected portion in cases of proportional cover, principal-only cover, partially eligible credit derivatives, tranched cover and basket credit derivatives. Treatment of Credit Protection Sold 7.5.16 A Finance Company which has sold unfunded credit protection acquires exposure to the reference asset. If such exposure is an SA(EQ) exposure, the Finance Company shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the exposure using a risk weight of 100%. 7.5.17 If the unfunded credit protection has more than one reference asset, the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the credit protection is the sum of the credit risk￾weighted exposure amounts in respect of each reference asset calculated using the risk weights that are applicable to the obligors of the respective reference assets.144

7.5.18 A Finance Company which has sold funded credit protection acquires exposure to both the reference asset and the protection buyer. Where the exposure to the reference asset is an SA(EQ) exposure, the Finance Company shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the credit protection as the sum of - (a) the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the exposure to the reference asset calculated in accordance with paragraph 7.5.11 above; and (b) the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the exposure to the protection buyer, using - (i) E = the carrying value of the collateral placed with the protection buyer; and (ii) the risk weight that is applicable to the protection buyer. 144 The applicable risk weight is 100% if the reference asset is an SA(EQ) exposure.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-32 7.5.19 The capital requirement for the credit protection calculated in accordance with paragraphs 7.5.17 and 7.5.18 shall not exceed the notional amount of the credit protection, i.e. the maximum possible payout under the credit protection. 7.5.20 Where a Finance Company has provided credit protection (whether funded or unfunded) through a proportionate structure, i.e. where the maximum possible payout in respect of any particular reference asset is capped at a pre-determined proportion of the notional amount of the credit protection, the Finance Company shall divide the exposure into individual sub-exposures equal to the proportionate amount of credit protection in respect of each reference asset for the purposes of calculating the credit risk-weighted exposure amount applicable to the credit protection sold.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-33 Division 6: Securitisation Sub-division 1: Introduction 7.6.1 A Finance Company shall apply the provisions of this Division for determining regulatory capital requirements on exposures relating to traditional and synthetic securitisation or similar structures that contain features common to both. As securitisation may be structured in many different ways, the Finance Company shall determine the capital treatment of a securitisation on the basis of its economic substance rather than its legal form. 7.6.2 A Finance Company shall consult the Authority if it is uncertain whether a given transaction should be considered a securitisation, and whether a given exposure should be considered a securitisation exposure or a resecuritisation exposure. Sub-division 2: Requirements for the Recognition of Risk Transference 7.6.3 This Sub-division is applicable only to securitised exposures held in the banking book. 7.6.3A Where the Authority is not satisfied that the credit risk transfer arising from a securitisation is sufficient or existent, or that the risks arising from the securitisation are adequately addressed, the Authority may require a Finance Company to maintain additional capital. Requirements for Traditional Securitisation 7.6.4 A Finance Company which is an ABCP programme sponsor or originator in a traditional securitisation may exclude securitised exposures from the calculation of credit RWA only if all of the requirements in Section 1 of Annex 7AD of this Part have been complied with. A Finance Company meeting these requirements shall still hold regulatory capital against any securitisation exposures it retains. Requirements for Synthetic Securitisation 7.6.5 Subject to paragraphs 7.6.7 and 7.6.8 below, a Finance Company which is an ABCP programme sponsor or originator in a synthetic securitisation may recognise the effects of CRM of the synthetic securitisation in its calculation of credit RWA only if - (a) all of the requirements in Section 2 of Annex 7AD of this Part have been complied with; and (b) the effects of CRM are obtained through eligible credit protection, eligible financial collateral or both in accordance with Annex 7F of this Part. 7.6.6 A Finance Company meeting the conditions in paragraph 7.6.5 above shall still hold regulatory capital against any securitisation exposures it retains.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-34 7.6.7 A Finance Company may recognise the effects of CRM of eligible financial collateral pledged by any SPE, but it may not recognise any SPE which is an issuer of securitisation exposures as an eligible protection provider. 7.6.8 A Finance Company shall treat a currency mismatch or a maturity mismatch144A between the underlying exposure being hedged and the CRM obtained through the synthetic securitisation in accordance with Annex 7F of this Part. In the case where the exposure in the underlying pool has different maturities, the Finance Company shall use the longest maturity as the maturity of the pool. 7.6.8A Notwithstanding paragraph 7.6.8 above, a Finance Company which is an ABCP programme sponsor or originator in a synthetic securitisation shall not take into account maturity mismatches for securitisation exposures it retains if the securitisation exposures are included as Deductions from Total Capital. Sub-division 3: Treatment of Securitisation Exposures 7.6.9 A Finance Company shall include in its calculation of credit RWA all of its securitisation exposures held in the banking book, except for those securitisation exposures which the Finance Company is required to include as Deductions from Total Capital. 7.6.9A A Finance Company may apply the provisions of this Division where the Finance Company – (a) has, on an on-going basis, a comprehensive understanding of the risk characteristics of its individual securitisation exposures, whether on- or off-balance sheet, as well as the risk characteristics of the pools underlying its securitisation exposures; (b) is able to access performance information on the underlying pools on an on-going basis in a timely manner. Such information may include, exposure type, percentage of loans 30, 60 and 90 days past due, default rates, prepayment rates, loans in foreclosure, property type, occupancy, average credit score or other measures of creditworthiness, average loan￾to-value ratio, and industry and geographic diversification. For resecuritisations, the Finance Company shall have information not only on the underlying securitisation tranches, such as the issuers’ names and credit quality, but also on the characteristics and performance of the pools underlying the securitisation tranches; and (c) has a thorough understanding of all structural features of a securitisation transaction that would materially impact the performance of the transaction, such as the contractual waterfall and waterfall-related triggers, credit enhancements, liquidity enhancements, market value triggers, and deal-specific definitions of default. 144A For example, maturity mismatches may arise when a Finance Company uses credit derivatives to transfer part or all of the credit risk of a specific pool of assets to third parties. When the credit derivatives unwind, the transaction terminates. This implies that the effective maturity of the tranches of the synthetic securitisation may differ from that of the underlying exposures.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-35 A Finance Company shall include as Deductions from Total Capital any securitisation exposure where the requirements in sub-paragraphs (a) to (c) are not met. 7.6.10 Where a Finance Company provides implicit support to a securitisation, it shall include all the underlying exposures of the securitisation in its calculation of credit RWA as if those exposures were on the balance sheet of the Finance Company. 7.6.11 Where a Finance Company provides two or more facilities (whether they are liquidity facilities or credit enhancements) in relation to a securitisation that can be drawn under various conditions with different triggers, it may be that the Finance Company provides duplicate coverage to the underlying exposures, i.e. the facilities provided by the Finance Company may overlap since a draw on one facility may preclude (in part) a draw on the other facility. In such cases, the Finance Company may calculate the capital requirement for the overlapping part of the facilities only once, if it is able to clearly identify the overlapping part of the facilities. Where the overlapping facilities are subject to different CCFs, the Finance Company shall attribute the overlapping part to the facility with the highest CCF.145 The Finance Company may also recognise such overlap between specific risk capital charges for exposures in the trading book and capital charges for exposures in the banking book, provided that the Finance Company is able to calculate and compare the capital charges for the relevant exposures. However, if overlapping facilities are provided by different banks, each Finance Company shall hold regulatory capital for the maximum amount of its facility. 7.6.12 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.6.13 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 7.6.14 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] Deductions from Total Capital 7.6.15 A Finance Company shall deduct the full securitisation exposure of credit￾enhancing interest only strips from Total Capital. A Finance Company may calculate deductions from capital net of any specific allowances taken against the relevant securitisation exposures. [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017] 7.6.16 A Finance Company shall include as Deductions from Total Capital any increase in equity capital resulting from a securitisation, such as that associated with expected future margin income resulting in a gain-on-sale that is recognised in equity capital. 145 For example, where a Finance Company provides a liquidity facility that supports 100% of the ABCP issued by an ABCP programme and purchases 20% of the outstanding ABCP of that programme, the Finance Company may recognise an overlap of 20% (100% liquidity facility + 20% commercial paper held – 100% commercial paper issued = 20%). Where a Finance Company provides a liquidity facility that supports 90% of the outstanding ABCP and purchased 20% of the ABCP, the two exposures would be treated as if 10% of the two exposures overlapped. However, where a Finance Company provides a liquidity facility that covers 50% of the outstanding ABCP and purchased 20% of the ABCP, the two exposures would be treated as if there were no overlap.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-36 Use of ECAI Credit Assessments 7.6.17 A Finance Company shall assign an SA(SE) exposure to a credit quality grade based on the external credit assessment (where available)145A that is applicable to the SA(SE) exposure in accordance with Tables 7R-3 and 7R-4 of Annex 7R of this Part. A Finance Company may use the external credit assessments of a recognised ECAI under the SA(SE) only if paragraphs 7.3.3 to 7.3.5 and 7.3.8, read with reference to an SA(SE) exposure, are met. A recognised ECAI shall have demonstrated expertise in assessing securitisations, which may be evidenced by strong market acceptance. A Finance Company shall not use the external credit assessments issued by one recognised ECAI for one or more tranches and those of another recognised ECAI for other securitisation exposures (whether retained or purchased) within the same securitisation structure that may or may not be rated by the first recognised ECAI. 7.6.18 Notwithstanding paragraph 7.6.17, a Finance Company shall treat as unrated any securitisation exposure where - (a) the external credit assessment incorporates the credit protection provided directly to the SPE by a protection provider which is not an eligible protection provider; (b) the external credit assessment is at least partly based on unfunded support provided by the Finance Company itself (e.g. if a Finance Company buys ABCP where it provides an unfunded securitisation exposure extended to the ABCP programme, such as a liquidity facility or credit enhancement, and that exposure plays a role in determining the credit assessment on the ABCP, the Finance Company shall treat the ABCP as if it were not rated and continue to hold capital against the other securitisation exposures it provides). A Finance Company’s capital treatment for such an exposure held in the trading book can be no less than the amount required under the banking book treatment; or (c) the credit risk mitigant is not obtained by the SPE but is separately obtained and applied to a specific securitisation exposure (e.g. a particular tranche)146 . Sub-division 4: SA(SE) Capital Treatment 7.6.19 A Finance Company shall risk-weight any securitisation exposure for which it is using the SA(SE) to calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount in accordance with Tables 7-20 and 7-21 below: 145A The Finance Company may only use an external credit assessment which is accessible to the public free of charge. (Where the eligible credit assessment is not provided free of charge, the ECAI should provide an adequate justification, within their own publicly available Code of Conduct, in accordance with the “comply or explain” nature of the IOSCO Code of Conduct Fundamentals for Credit Rating Agencies.) A Finance Company may not use a credit assessment that is made available only to the parties to a transaction. 146 The effect of the credit risk mitigant may be recognised based on the CRM treatment for SA(CR).

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-37 Table 7-20: Risk Weights for Long-Term SA(SE) Exposures Credit Quality Grade 1 to 2 3 to 5 6 to 8 9 to 11 Risk Weight Securitisation Exposures (excluding Resecuritisation Exposures) 20% 50% 100% 350% (where the Finance Company is not the ABCP programme sponsor or the originator) Resecuritisation Exposures 40% 100% 225% 650% (where the Finance Company is not the ABCP programme sponsor or the originator) Table 7-21: Risk Weights for Short-Term SA(SE) Exposures Credit Quality Grade I II III Risk Weight Securitisation Exposures (excluding Resecuritisation Exposures) 20% 50% 100% Resecuritisation Exposures 40% 100% 225% 7.6.20 Unless otherwise specified in paragraphs 7.6.21 to 7.6.24 below, a Finance Company shall include as Deductions from Total Capital an amount equal to the value of the securitisation exposure measured in accordance with Division 2 of this Part if - (a) in the case of a short-term securitisation exposure, it is unrated or has a credit quality grade of “IV” as set out in Table 7R-4 of Annex 7R of this Part; or (b) in the case of any other securitisation exposure - (i) where the Finance Company is the ABCP programme sponsor or originator, it is unrated or has a credit quality grade of “9” or worse as set out in Table 7R-3 of Annex 7R of this Part; or

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-38 (ii) where the Finance Company is not the ABCP programme sponsor or the originator, it is unrated or has a credit quality grade of “12” as set out in Table 7R-3 of Annex 7R of this Part. Exceptions to General Treatment of Unrated Securitisation Exposures 7.6.21 A Finance Company which holds or guarantees an unrated securitisation exposure from the most senior tranche in a securitisation may determine the risk weight to be applied to the securitisation exposure by applying the “look-through” treatment set out in paragraph 7.6.22 below, provided the composition of the underlying exposures is known at all times and it is able to determine the risk weights assigned to the underlying exposures. The Finance Company need not consider interest rate or currency swaps when determining whether a securitisation exposure belongs to the most senior tranche in a securitisation for the purpose of applying the “look-through” approach. 7.6.22 Under the “look-through” approach, a Finance Company shall apply to the securitisation exposure the average risk weight of the underlying exposures determined in accordance with Sub-division 3 of Division 3 of this Part. 7.6.23 A Finance Company which is an ABCP programme sponsor may apply a 100% risk weight or the highest risk weight assigned to any of the underlying exposures in the ABCP programme, whichever is higher, to an unrated securitisation exposure arising from the ABCP programme, if the following requirements are complied with: (a) the securitisation exposure is economically in a second loss position or better and the first loss position provides significant credit protection to the second loss position; (b) the associated credit risk of the securitisation exposure is the equivalent of a credit quality grade of “III” or better as set out in Table 7R-4 of Annex 7R of this Part; and (c) the Finance Company does not retain or provide the first loss position. 7.6.24 A Finance Company which provides an eligible liquidity facility which is unrated may apply to the resulting securitisation exposure the highest risk weight which would be assigned to any of the underlying exposures covered by the facility and the applicable CCF determined in accordance with Annex 7C of this Part. 7.6.25 A Finance Company which provides credit protection for a basket of reference exposures through an unrated first-to-default credit derivative shall apply to the securitisation exposure the aggregate of the risk weights that would be assigned to the reference exposures, provided that the resulting capital requirement does not exceed the notional amount of the credit protection. 7.6.26 A Finance Company which provides credit protection for a basket of reference exposures through an unrated second-to-default credit derivative shall apply the treatment referred to in paragraph 7.6.25 above, except that in aggregating the risk weights, the reference exposure with the lowest risk-weighted amount may be excluded.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-39 Treatment of Credit Protection Bought 7.6.27 A Finance Company shall not recognise any SPE which is an issuer of securitisation exposures as an eligible protection provider. 7.6.28 A Finance Company which has eligible credit protection for an SA(SE) exposure may recognise the effects of CRM of the eligible credit protection as follows: (a) break down the SA(SE) exposure into - (i) a protected portion with E equal to the notional amount of the eligible credit protection; and (ii) an unprotected portion with E equal to the value of the SA(SE) exposure measured in accordance with Division 2 of this Part less the notional amount of the eligible credit protection; and (b) apply the risk weight that is applicable to the eligible protection provider to the protected portion calculated in accordance with sub-paragraph (a)(i) above to calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount of the protected portion; and (c) either - (i) apply the risk weight that is applicable to the securitisation exposure to the unprotected portion calculated in accordance with sub￾paragraph (a)(ii) above to calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount of the unprotected portion; or (ii) include the unprotected portion as Deductions from Total Capital, whichever is applicable. 7.6.28A For the purposes of paragraph 7.6.28, a Finance Company shall treat the protected portion of an SA(SE) exposure which has a currency mismatch or a maturity mismatch in accordance with Annex 7F of this Part. In the case where the underlying exposure in the protected portion of an SA(SE) exposure has different maturities, the Finance Company shall use the longest maturity as the maturity of the protected portion. 7.6.29 Notwithstanding paragraph 7.6.28(a)(i), a Finance Company shall calculate the protected portion of an SA(SE) exposure in accordance with Annex 7H of this Part in cases of principal-only cover, partially eligible credit derivatives, tranched cover and basket credit derivatives. Treatment of Credit Protection Sold 7.6.30 Where a Finance Company which is not the originator or the ABCP programme sponsor provides unfunded credit protection to a securitisation exposure, the Finance Company shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the covered securitisation exposure as if it were directly holding that exposure. Where a Finance Company provides credit protection to an unrated credit enhancement, the Finance

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-40 Company shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the credit protection provided as if it were directly holding the unrated credit enhancement. 7.6.31 Where a Finance Company provides funded credit protection to a securitisation exposure, the Finance Company shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the credit protection as the sum of - (a) the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the covered securitisation exposure calculated in accordance with paragraph 7.6.30; and (b) the credit risk-weighted exposure amount for the exposure to the protection buyer using the risk weight which is applicable to the protection buyer, subject to the condition that the capital requirement for the credit protection calculated in accordance with this paragraph shall not exceed the notional amount of the credit protection. 7.6.32 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] Recognition of Eligible Financial Collateral under FC(SA) 7.6.33 A Finance Company which has taken eligible financial collateral147 for an SA(SE) exposure and is using the FC(SA) may recognise the effect of the eligible financial collateral as follows: (a) break down the SA(SE) exposure into - (i) a collateralised portion with E equal to the latest fair market value of the eligible financial collateral; and (ii) an uncollateralised portion with E equal to the E of the SA(SE) exposure less the latest fair market value of the eligible financial collateral; and (b) apply the risk weight that is applicable to the eligible financial collateral to the collateralised portion calculated in accordance with sub-paragraph (a)(i) above to calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount of the collateralised portion as though the Finance Company had a direct exposure to the eligible financial collateral; and (c) either - (i) apply the risk weight that is applicable to the securitisation exposure to the uncollateralised portion calculated in accordance with sub￾paragraph (a)(ii) above to calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount of the uncollateralised portion; or 147 Collateral in this context refers to assets used to hedge the credit risk of a securitisation exposure rather than the underlying exposures of the securitisation, including collateral pledged by an SPE.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-41 (ii) include the uncollateralised portion as Deductions from Total Capital, whichever is applicable. Sub-division 5: [This Sub-division has been intentionally left blank.] [Paragraphs 7.6.34 to 7.6.45 have been intentionally left blank.] Sub-division 6: Early Amortisation Provisions 7.6.46 A Finance Company which is an originator or an ABCP programme sponsor shall hold regulatory capital for early amortisation exposures against all or a portion of the investors’ interest when - (a) it sells exposures into a structure that contains an early amortisation feature; and (b) the exposures sold are of a revolving nature. These are exposures where the borrower is permitted to vary the drawn amount and repayments within an agreed limit under a line of credit (e.g. credit card receivables and corporate loan commitments). 7.6.47 In the case of a securitisation involving an underlying pool of revolving and term exposures, a Finance Company shall hold regulatory capital for early amortisation exposures only for that portion of the underlying pool containing revolving exposures. 7.6.47A In a Finance Company’s calculation of credit RWA for securitisation exposures which are subject to the early amortisation treatment, the Finance Company shall ensure that the aggregate credit risk-weighted exposure amount for all of the securitisation exposures of the Finance Company to a securitisation does not exceed the greater of – (a) the aggregate credit risk-weighted exposure amount corresponding to the retained or repurchased securitisation exposure; and (b) the aggregate credit risk-weighted exposure amount corresponding to the underlying exposures of the securitisation had they been on the balance sheet of the Finance Company and included in the calculation of the credit RWA of the Finance Company. For avoidance of doubt, the aggregate credit risk-weighted exposure amount shall not include any deduction for a gain-on-sale or a credit-enhancing interest only strip arising from the securitisation. Exemption from Early Amortisation Treatment 7.6.48 Notwithstanding paragraph 7.6.46 a Finance Company need not hold regulatory capital for early amortisations in the following situations:

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-42 (a) replenishment structures where the underlying exposures do not revolve and the early amortisation terminates the ability of the Finance Company to add new exposures; (b) transactions of revolving assets containing early amortisation features that mimic term structures (i.e. where the risk on the underlying facilities does not return to the Finance Company); (c) structures where the Finance Company securitises one or more credit lines and where investors remain fully exposed to future draws by borrowers even after an early amortisation event has occurred; and (d) the early amortisation clause is triggered solely by events not related to the performance of the securitised assets or the Finance Company, such as material changes in tax laws or regulations.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-43 Annex 7A CCFs FOR OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS UNDER THE SA(CR)148 148 Where there is an undertaking to provide a commitment on another off-balance sheet exposure, a Finance Company using the SA(CR) should apply the lower of the applicable CCFs. 149 For example, general guarantees of indebtedness, standby letters of credit serving as financial guarantees for loans and securities, and acceptances (including endorsements with the character of acceptances). 150 For example, performance bonds, bid bonds, warranties and standby letters of credit related to particular transactions. 151 For example, documentary credits collateralised by the underlying shipments. 152 The terms of the agreement are such that there is no substantial transfer of all risks and rewards of ownership to the counterparty. The Finance Company shall risk-weight these items according to the type of asset and not according to the type of counterparty with whom the transaction has been entered into. 153 These would include forward purchase, forward deposits and partly paid securities. The Finance Company shall risk-weight forward purchases, forward deposits and partly paid securities according to the type of asset and not according to the type of counterparty with whom the transaction has been entered into. 154 For example, formal standby facilities and credit lines. 155 The Finance Company shall be able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Authority that it actively monitors the financial condition of the obligor, and that its internal control systems are such that it is able to cancel the facility upon evidence of a deterioration in the credit quality of the obligor. Description of Off-balance Sheet Item CCF (a) Direct credit substitutes149 100% (b) Certain transaction-related contingent items150 50% (c) Short-term self-liquidating trade-related contingent items151 (applicable to both issuing and confirming banks), and commitments with an original maturity of one year or less to underwrite debt and equity securities 20% (d) Note issuance facilities and revolving underwriting facilities 50% (e) Transactions, other than SFTs, involving the posting of securities held by the Finance Company as collateral 100% (f) Sale and repurchase agreements and asset sales with recourse, where the credit risk remains with the Finance Company152 100% (g) Other commitments with certain drawdown153 100% (h) Other commitments154 (i) with an original maturity of more than one year 50% (ii) with an original maturity of one year or less 20% (iii) which are unconditionally cancellable at any time by the Finance Company without prior notice, or that effectively provide for automatic cancellation due to deterioration in an obligor’s creditworthiness155 0%

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-44 Annex 7B [This Annex has been intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-45 Annex 7C CCFs FOR OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS UNDER THE SA(SE) 156 This refers to undrawn servicer cash advances or facilities that are contractually provided for and unconditionally cancellable without prior notice, so long as the servicer is entitled to full reimbursement and this right is senior to other claims on cash flows from the underlying exposures. 157 A Finance Company shall notify the Authority if it intends to provide such cash advance facilities and when there is a drawdown. Description of Off-balance Sheet Item CCF (a) Unrated eligible liquidity facilities 50% (b) Eligible servicer cash advance facilities156 0% 157 (c) Others 100%

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-46 Annex 7D [This Annex has been intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-47 Annex 7E CCFs FOR EARLY AMORTISATION EXPOSURES Uncommitted Retail Exposures158 1.1 To determine the CCF to be applied for uncommitted retail exposures, a Finance Company shall compute the ESR. 1.2 In cases where a transaction does not require excess spread to be trapped, a Finance Company shall deem the trapping point to be 4.5%. Securitisation subject to a controlled early amortisation provision Securitisation subject to a non-controlled early amortisation provision CCF CCF ESR  133.33% 0% 0% 100%  ESR  133.33% 1% 5% 75%  ESR  100% 2% 15% 50%  ESR  75% 10% 50% 25%  ESR  50% 20% 100% ESR  25% 40% 100% Other Exposures159 Securitisation subject to a controlled early amortisation provision Securitisation subject to a non-controlled early amortisation provision CCF 90% 100% 158 A credit line is considered uncommitted if it is unconditionally cancellable without prior notice (e.g. credit card receivables). 159 This refers to committed retail credit lines and all non-retail exposures.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-48 Annex 7F CRM Section 1: General Requirements 1.1 A Finance Company may recognise the effects of CRM only if – (a) all documentation relating to that CRM is binding on all relevant parties and legally enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions160; and (b) the Finance Company complies with the requirements and meets the guidelines set out in Sections 2 to 7, as applicable. 1.2 Where a Finance Company uses multiple CRM for a single exposure (e.g. the exposure is partially covered by both collateral and guarantee), the Finance Company shall sub-divide the exposure into portions covered by each CRM (e.g. portion covered by collateral, portion covered by guarantee) and shall calculate the credit risk-weighted exposure amount of each portion separately. A Finance Company shall apply the same approach when recognising eligible credit protection by a single protection provider where the eligible credit protection has differing maturities. 1.3 If the Authority is not satisfied - (a) that paragraph 1.1 has been complied with; (b) with the robustness, suitability or application of a Finance Company’s CRM management policies and procedures; or (c) that residual risks are not adequately controlled, the Authority may take certain actions, including the following - (i) requiring the Finance Company to make adjustments to the assumptions on holding periods or supervisory haircuts under Annex 7J; (ii) prohibiting the Finance Company from fully recognising the effects of CRM, either on the entire credit portfolio or by specific asset classes or product lines; or (iii) requiring the Finance Company to maintain additional capital. 160 A Finance Company shall conduct sufficient legal review to verify this and have a well-founded legal basis to reach this conclusion, and undertake such further review as necessary to ensure continuing enforceability. The review should cover relevant jurisdictions such as the jurisdiction whose law governs the credit protection or collateral agreement and the jurisdiction whose law governs the transaction subject to the credit protection or collateral agreement. There should be sufficient written documentary evidence to adequately support the conclusion drawn and rebut any legal challenge. While a Finance Company may use either in-house or external legal counsel, it should consider whether or not in-house counsel opinion is appropriate. An officer of the Finance Company who is legally qualified and independent of the parties originating the transaction should review the legal opinion and confirm that he is satisfied that an adequate review has been completed and that he agrees with the conclusions drawn. A record of these reviews should be kept and made available at the request of the Authority.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-49 1.3A A Finance Company shall not - (a) double count the effects of CRM; (b) recognise the effects of CRM if such CRM is already reflected in the issue￾specific external credit assessment of the exposure; and (c) use a principal-only external credit assessment (i.e. an external credit assessment that does not reflect the entire amount of credit risk exposure that the Finance Company has with regard to all payments owed to it) for the recognition of the effects of CRM. Section 2: Recognition of Collateral Types of Collateral 2.1 A Finance Company shall ensure that the relevant requirements in paragraph 2.6 below are complied with before it recognises the effects of CRM of the types of collateral set out in paragraphs 2.2 to 2.4 below. 2.2 For a Finance Company using the FC(SA), eligible financial collateral comprises161 – (a) cash (as well as certificates of deposit or other similar instruments issued by the Finance Company) 162 on deposit with the Finance Company; 163 (b) gold; (c) any debt security163A – (i) with an original maturity of one year or less that has a credit quality grade of “III” or better as set out in Table 7R-2 of Annex 7R of Part VII; or (ii) with an original maturity of more than one year that has a credit quality grade of “4” or better as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII if it is issued by a central government or central bank, or a credit quality grade of “3” or better as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII if it is issued by any other entity; 161 This shall exclude any capital instrument issued by the Finance Company which is held by the Finance Company or any of its finance company group entities as collateral. Please also note subsection 24(1) of the Finance Companies Act which prohibits a Finance Company from lending money against the security of its own shares. 162 Cash-funded credit-linked notes issued by a Finance Company against exposures in the banking book which fulfill the criteria for eligible credit derivatives shall be treated as cash collateralised transactions. 163 When cash on deposit, certificates of deposit or other similar instruments issued by the lending Finance Company that are held as collateral at a third-party banking institution in a non-custodial arrangement and are pledged or assigned to the lending Finance Company, the Finance Company shall apply the risk weight of the third-party banking institution to the exposure covered by such collateral (after any necessary haircuts for currency risk). This is subject to the pledge or assignment being unconditional and irrevocable. 163A This includes any structured note.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-50 (d) any equity security (including convertible bonds) that is included in a main index of any approved exchange in Singapore or any recognised group A exchange; (e) any structured deposit issued by and on deposit with the Finance Company; and (f) any unit in a collective investment scheme where – (i) a price for the units is publicly quoted daily; and (ii) the collective investment scheme is limited to investing in the instruments listed in this paragraph.164 [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2018] 2.2A Resecuritisations, irrespective of any credit ratings, are not eligible financial collateral. 2.3 For a Finance Company using the FC(CA), eligible financial collateral comprises161 – (a) any instrument listed in paragraph 2.2 above; (b) any equity security (including convertible bonds) that is listed on any approved exchange in Singapore or any recognised group A exchange; and (c) any unit in a collective investment scheme where a price for the units is publicly quoted daily and the collective investment scheme is limited to investing in instruments listed in paragraph 2.2 and in this paragraph.165 [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2018] 2.4 Notwithstanding paragraphs 2.2 and 2.3 above, in the case of any pre-settlement counterparty exposures arising from a repo-style transaction (i.e. repo, reverse repo, securities lending or securities borrowing transactions) which is included in the trading book, eligible financial collateral161 includes all instruments which a Finance Company may include in the trading book (except resecuritisation exposures). 2.5 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 164 The use or potential use by a collective investment scheme of derivative instruments solely to hedge investments listed in paragraph 2.2 shall not prevent units in that collective investment scheme from being recognised as eligible financial collateral for a Finance Company using FC(SA). 165 The use or potential use by a collective investment scheme of derivative instruments solely to hedge investments listed in paragraph 2.3 shall not prevent units in that collective investment scheme from being recognised as eligible financial collateral for a Finance Company using FC(CA).

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-51 Requirements for Recognition of Collateral 2.6 A Finance Company shall ensure that the following requirements are complied with before it recognises the effects of CRM of any collateral: (a) the legal mechanism by which collateral is pledged, assigned or transferred shall confer on the Finance Company the right to liquidate or take legal possession of the collateral, in a timely manner, in the event of the default, insolvency or bankruptcy (or one or more otherwise-defined credit events set out in the transaction documentation) of the counterparty (and, where applicable, of the custodian holding the collateral); (b) the Finance Company has taken all steps necessary to fulfill those requirements under the law applicable to the Finance Company’s interest in the collateral for obtaining and maintaining an enforceable security interest166 or for exercising a right to net or set off in relation to title transfer collateral; (c) the credit quality of the counterparty and the value of the collateral do not have a material positive correlation167; (d) the Finance Company has implemented clear and robust procedures for the timely liquidation of collateral to ensure that any legal conditions required for declaring default of counterparty and liquidating the collateral are observed, and that the collateral can be liquidated promptly; and (e) where the collateral is held by a custodian, the Finance Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that the custodian segregates the collateral from its own assets. Section 3: Recognition of Guarantees 3.1 A Finance Company shall ensure that the following requirements are complied with before it recognises the effects of CRM of a guarantee: (a) the guarantee is an explicitly documented obligation assumed by the guarantor; (b) the guarantee represents a direct claim on the guarantor; (c) explicitly referenced to specific exposure or pool of exposures so that the extent of the credit protection cover is clearly defined and incontrovertible; (d) other than in the event of non-payment by the Finance Company of money due in respect of the guarantee if applicable, there is an irrevocable obligation on the part of the guarantor to pay out a pre-determined amount upon the occurrence of a credit event, as defined under the guarantee; 166 For example, by registering it with a registrar. 167 For example, securities issued by the counterparty or a related group entity would be ineligible.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-52 (e) the guarantee does not contain any clause, the fulfillment of which is outside the direct control of the Finance Company, that - (i) would allow the guarantor to unilaterally cancel the guarantee168; (ii) would increase the effective cost of the guarantee as a result of deteriorating credit quality of the underlying exposure; (iii) could prevent the guarantor from being obliged to pay out in a timely manner in the event that the underlying obligor fails to make any payment due; or (iv) could allow the maturity of the guarantee agreed ex-ante to be reduced ex-post by the guarantor; (f) the Finance Company is able in a timely manner to pursue the guarantor for any monies outstanding under the documentation governing the transaction on the default of, or non-payment by, the underlying obligor169, and has the right to receive such payments from the guarantor without first having to take legal actions to pursue the obligor for payment; and (g) the guarantee covers all types of payments that the underlying obligor is expected to make under the documentation governing the transaction, for example, notional amounts, margin payments, etc. Where a guarantee covers payment of principal only, a Finance Company shall treat interests and other uncovered payments as an unsecured amount in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Annex 7H of this Part. 3.2 In addition to the requirements in paragraph 3.1 above, where a Finance Company has an exposure that is protected by a guarantee which is counter-guaranteed by a central government or central bank, a Finance Company may treat the exposure as being protected by a direct guarantee from the central government or central bank in question, provided the following requirements are complied with: (a) the counter-guarantee covers all credit risk elements of the exposure; (b) both the original guarantee and the counter-guarantee comply with all the requirements for guarantees set out in this Annex, except that the counter￾guarantee need not be direct and explicit with respect to the original exposure; and (c) the Finance Company demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Authority that the cover is robust and that there is no evidence to suggest that the coverage of the counter-guarantee is less than equivalent in effect to that of a direct guarantee from the central government or central bank in question. 168 This does not include any guarantee with a cancellation clause where it is provided that any obligation incurred or transaction entered into prior to any cancellation, unilateral or otherwise, continues to be guaranteed by the guarantor. 169 The guarantee payments may be in the form of the guarantor making a lump sum payment of all monies to the Finance Company or the guarantor assuming the future payment obligations of the counterparty covered by the guarantee, as specified in the relevant documentation governing the guarantee.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-53 Section 4: Recognition of Credit Derivatives Types of Credit Derivatives 4.1 A Finance Company may recognise the effects of CRM of only the following types of credit derivatives that provide credit protection equivalent to guarantees: (a) credit default swaps; (b) total return swaps170; and (c) instruments that are composed of, or are similar in economic substance, to one or more of the credit derivatives in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) above. Requirements for Recognition of Credit Derivatives 4.2 A Finance Company shall ensure that the following requirements are complied with before it recognises the effects of CRM of any credit derivative: (a) the terms and conditions of any credit protection obtained via a credit derivative shall be set out in writing by both the Finance Company and the provider of credit protection; (b) the credit derivative shall represent a direct claim on the provider of credit protection; (c) explicitly referenced to specific exposure or pool of exposures so that the extent of the credit protection cover is clearly defined and incontrovertible; (d) other than in the event of non-payment by the Finance Company of money due in respect of the credit derivative, there is an irrevocable obligation on the part of the provider of the credit protection to pay out a pre-determined amount upon the occurrence of a credit event, as defined under the credit derivative contract; (e) the credit derivative contract shall not contain any clause, the fulfillment of which is outside the direct control of the Finance Company, that - (i) would allow the provider of credit protection to unilaterally cancel the credit protection cover; (ii) would increase the effective cost of the credit protection cover as a result of deteriorating credit quality of the underlying exposure; 170 A Finance Company shall not recognise the effects of CRM of a total return swap if it purchases credit protection through a total return swap and records the net payments received on the swap as net income, but does not record offsetting deterioration in the value of the underlying asset that is protected (either through reductions in its marked-to-market value or by an addition to reserves).

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-54 (iii) could prevent the provider of credit protection from being obliged to pay out in a timely manner in the event that the underlying obligor fails to make any payment due171; or (iv) could allow the maturity of the credit protection agreed ex-ante to be reduced ex-post by the provider of credit protection; (f) the credit events specified by the contracting parties shall at a minimum cover - 172 (i) failure to pay the amounts due under terms of the underlying exposure that are in effect at the time of such failure (with a grace period, if any, that is closely in line with the grace period in the underlying exposure); (ii) bankruptcy, insolvency or inability of the underlying obligor to pay its debts, or its failure or admission in writing of its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due, and analogous events; and (iii) restructuring of the underlying exposure involving forgiveness or postponement of principal, interest or fees that results in a credit loss event (i.e. charge-off, specific allowance or other similar debit to the profit and loss account); [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017] (g) the credit derivative shall not terminate prior to the maturity of the underlying exposure or expiration of any grace period required for a default on the underlying exposure to occur as a result of a failure to pay, subject to paragraph 6.2 of this Annex; (h) a robust valuation process shall be in place in order to estimate loss reliably for any credit derivative that allows for cash settlement. There shall be a clearly specified period for obtaining post-credit event valuations of the underlying obligation173; (i) where the right or ability of the Finance Company to transfer the underlying exposure to the credit protection provider is required for settlement, the terms of the underlying exposure shall provide that any required consent to such transfer may not be unreasonably withheld; (j) the identity of the parties responsible for determining whether a credit event has occurred shall be clearly defined. This determination shall not be the sole responsibility of the credit protection provider. The Finance Company shall have the right or ability to inform the credit protection provider of the occurrence of a credit event; 171 This does not preclude an obligation by the buyer of credit protection to satisfy requirements relating to providing a Notice of Publicly Available Information, as is the case for the triggering of credit protection under standard credit default swap contracts. 172 [This footnote has been intentionally left blank.] 173 The Authority would generally consider the cash settlement methodology provided in the ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions as satisfying this requirement.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-55 (k) the underlying obligation and the reference obligation specified in the credit derivative contract for the purpose of determining the cash settlement value or the deliverable obligation or for the purpose of determining whether a credit event has occurred may be different only if - (i) the reference obligation ranks pari passu with or is junior to the underlying obligation; and (ii) the underlying obligation and reference obligation share the same obligor (i.e. the same legal entity) and legally enforceable cross￾default or cross-acceleration clauses are in place; and (l) the credit derivative shall not expose the Finance Company to specific wrong-way risk. Section 5: Currency Mismatches 5.1 In the case where there is a currency mismatch between the credit protection and the underlying exposure, a Finance Company shall reduce the amount of the exposure deemed to be protected by applying a haircut, where - Protected portion GA = G x (1-HFX) where - (a) G = notional amount of the credit protection; and (b) HFX = haircut appropriate for currency mismatch between the credit protection and underlying obligation exposure based on a ten￾business day holding period, assuming daily mark-to-market. 5.2 For a Finance Company using standard supervisory haircuts, HFX is 8%. 5.3 If the credit protection is not marked-to-market daily, HFX shall be scaled in accordance with paragraph 4.2 of Annex 7J of Part VII. Section 6: Maturity Mismatches 6.1 A Finance Company may recognise the effects of CRM for an exposure where there is a maturity mismatch only if the credit risk mitigant has an original maturity of at least one year and a residual maturity of more than three months. For the purposes of calculating credit RWA, a maturity mismatch occurs when the residual maturity of the credit risk mitigant is less than that of the underlying exposure. 6.2 A Finance Company shall determine the maturity of the underlying exposure and the maturity of the credit risk mitigant conservatively. The residual maturity of the underlying exposure shall be gauged as the longest possible remaining time before the counterparty is scheduled to fulfill its obligation, taking into account any applicable grace period. For the credit risk mitigant, embedded options which may reduce the term of the

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-56 credit protection shall be taken into account so that the shortest possible residual maturity is used. Where a call is at the discretion of the protection seller, the residual maturity will be at the first call date. If the call is at the discretion of the Finance Company but the terms of the arrangement at origination of the credit derivative contain a positive incentive for the Finance Company to call the transaction before contractual maturity 174 , the remaining time to the first call date will be deemed to be the residual maturity. 6.3 A Finance Company shall calculate the value of the CRM adjusted for any maturity mismatch, PA, using the following formula: PA = [P x (t-0.25)]/(T-0.25) where - (a) P = value of the credit protection (e.g. collateral amount, guarantee amount) adjusted for any haircuts; (b) t = min (T, residual maturity of the credit risk mitigant) expressed in years; and (c) T = min (5, residual maturity of the exposure175) expressed in years. Section 7: Residual Risk 7.1 While a Finance Company may reduce or transfer credit risk by using CRM, the use of such techniques may simultaneously increase other risks (residual risks). Residual risks include legal, operational, liquidity and market risks. Therefore, a Finance Company shall employ robust methods to control these risks, including - (a) strategy;176 (b) consideration of the underlying credit;177 (c) valuation;178 174 For example, where there is a step-up in cost in conjunction with a call feature or where the effective cost of cover remains the same even if credit quality remains the same or increases. 175 In the case of a basket of exposures with different maturities, a Finance Company shall use the longest maturity of any of the exposures as the maturity of all the exposures being hedged. 176 The Finance Company should ensure that a clearly articulated strategy for the use of CRM forms an intrinsic part of the general credit strategy of a Finance Company. 177 Where an exposure is collateralised, the Finance Company should ensure that credit managers should continue to assess the exposure on the basis of the obligor’s creditworthiness. The Finance Company should ensure that credit managers should obtain and analyse sufficient financial information to determine the obligor’s risk profile and its management and operational capabilities. 178 The Finance Company should ensure that collateral should be revalued frequently, and the unsecured exposure should also be monitored frequently. Frequent revaluation is prudent, and the Finance Company should ensure that revaluation of marketable securities should occur on at least a daily basis. Furthermore, measures of the potential unsecured exposure under collateralised transactions should be calculated under stressed and normal conditions. One such measure would take account of the time and cost involved if the obligor or counterparty were to default and the collateral had to be liquidated. Furthermore, the Finance Company should ensure that the setting of limits for collateralised counterparties take account of the potential unsecured exposure. The Finance Company should ensure that the stress tests and scenario

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-57 (d) policies and procedures;179 (e) systems;180 (f) control of roll-off risks;181 and (g) management of concentration risk arising from the use of CRM and the interaction of such concentration risk with the overall credit risk profile of the Finance Company182 . analysis are conducted to enable the Finance Company to understand the behaviour of its portfolio of collateral arrangements under unusual market conditions. The Finance Company should ensure that the unusual or disproportionate risk identified should be managed and controlled. 179 The Finance Company should ensure that clear policies and procedures should be established in respect of collateral management, including - (a) the terms of collateral agreements; (b) the types of collateral and enforcement of collateral terms (e.g. waivers of posting deadlines); (c) the management of legal risks; (d) the administration of agreement (e.g. detailed plans for determining default and liquidating collateral); and (e) the prompt resolution of disputes, such as valuation of collateral or positions, acceptability of collateral, fulfilment of legal obligations and the interpretation of contract terms. 180 The Finance Company should ensure that its policies and procedures referred to under paragraph 7.1(d) is supported by collateral management systems capable of tracking the location and status of posted collateral (including re-hypothecated collateral), outstanding collateral calls and settlement problems. 181 Where a Finance Company obtains credit protection that differs in maturity from the underlying credit exposure, the Finance Company should monitor and control its roll-off risks, i.e. the fact that the Finance Company will be fully exposed when the protection expires, and the risk that it will be unable to purchase credit protection or ensure its capital adequacy when the credit protection expires. 182 Taking as collateral large quantities of instruments issued by one obligor creates concentration risk. A Finance Company should have a clearly defined policy with respect to the amount of concentration risk it is prepared to run. Such a policy might, for example, include a cap on the amount of collateral it would be prepared to take from a particular issuer or market. The Finance Company should also take collateral and purchased credit protection into account when assessing the potential concentrations in its overall credit profile.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-58 Annex 7G [This Annex has been intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-59 Annex 7H TREATMENT FOR SPECIFIC TYPES OF CREDIT PROTECTION BOUGHT Proportional Cover 1.1 Where the amount guaranteed, or against which the eligible credit protection is held, is less than the amount of the exposure and the protected and unprotected portions are of equal seniority, i.e. the Finance Company and the eligible credit protection provider share losses on a pro-rata basis, a Finance Company shall recognise the eligible credit protection on a proportional basis, i.e. by applying to the protected portion of the exposure the treatment applicable to eligible credit protection, and by treating the remainder of the exposure as unprotected. Principal-only Cover 1.2 Where the amount guaranteed, or against which an eligible credit protection is held, offers principal-only cover, a Finance Company shall treat the principal amount as the protected portion and interest and other uncovered payments as the unprotected portion. Partially Eligible Credit Derivatives 1.3 Where a Finance Company recognises credit protection through a credit derivative which meets all the requirements in Annex 7F of Part VII other than paragraph 4.2(f)(iii) of that Annex, it shall treat as the protected portion – (a) 60% of the amount of the credit derivative; or (b) 60% of the amount of the underlying exposure, whichever is lower. Tranched cover 1.4 Where a Finance Company transfers a portion of the risk of an exposure or a pool of exposures in one or more tranches to a protection seller or sellers and the risk transferred and the risk retained are of different seniority, the Finance Company may recognise credit protection for either the senior tranches (e.g. second loss portion) or the junior tranches (e.g. first loss portion) only if the requirements for the recognition of risk transference for synthetic securitisation as set out in Sub-division 2 of Division 6 of Part VII are complied with. Basket Credit Derivatives 1.5 Where a Finance Company recognises credit protection through an eligible first-to￾default credit derivative, it shall treat as the protected portion -

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-60 (a) the notional amount of the asset in the basket of reference credits with the lowest risk-weighted exposure amount; or (b) the notional amount of the credit protection, whichever is lower. 1.6 Where a Finance Company recognises credit protection through an eligible second￾to-default credit derivative and – (a) it also has first-to-default credit protection, it shall treat as the protected portion - (i) the notional amount of the asset in the basket of reference credits with the second lowest risk weighted exposure amount; or (ii) the notional amount of the credit protection, whichever is lower; or (b) one of the reference credits has already defaulted, it shall treat as the protected portion – (i) the notional amount of the asset in the basket of reference credits remaining with the lowest risk-weighted exposure amount; or (ii) the notional amount of the credit protection, whichever is lower.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-61 Annex 7I CALCULATION OF E* FOR COLLATERALISED TRANSACTIONS OTHER THAN OTC DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS AND LONG SETTLEMENT TRANSACTIONS 1.1 A Finance Company using the FC(CA) to calculate E* shall adjust both the amount of the exposure to the counterparty182A and the value of any collateral received in support of that counterparty to take into account possible future fluctuations in the value of either due to market movements, by using the methods and haircuts set out in Annex 7J of Part VII. 1.2 A Finance Company shall calculate the appropriate haircuts to be applied using standard supervisory haircuts. 182A The amount of the exposure may vary where, for example, securities are being lent.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-62 Annex 7J METHODS AND HAIRCUTS FOR RECOGNISING COLLATERAL Section 1: Calculation of E* 1.1 A Finance Company using standard supervisory haircuts under the FC(CA) shall calculate E*, the exposure amount adjusted for eligible financial collateral, for any collateralised transaction not covered by a qualifying bilateral netting agreement other than OTC derivative transactions or long settlement transactions, using the following formula: E* = max {0, [E (1 + HE) - C(1 – HC – HFX)]} where - (a) E* = exposure value after risk mitigation; (b) E = fair value of the exposure calculated in accordance with Division 2 of Part VII; (c) HE = haircut appropriate to the exposure; (d) C = fair value of the eligible financial collateral received183; (e) HC = haircut appropriate to the collateral, or if the collateral is a basket of assets, the weighted sum of the haircuts appropriate to the assets in the basket where each weight is the proportion of the asset in the basket in units of currency; and (f) HFX = haircut appropriate for currency mismatch between the collateral and exposure. 1.2 A Finance Company using standard supervisory haircuts under the FC(CA) shall calculate E* for any collateralised transaction covered by a qualifying bilateral netting agreement other than OTC derivative transactions or long settlement transactions, using the following formula: E* = max {0, [∑(E) – ∑(C) + add-on]} where – (a) E* = exposure value after risk mitigation; (b) E = fair value of the exposure calculated in accordance with Division 2 of Part VII; 183 Where the residual maturity of the collateral is shorter than the residual maturity of the exposure, the Finance Company shall substitute PA calculated in accordance with Annex 7F of Part VII for C(1 – HC – HFX).

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-63 (c) C = fair value of the eligible financial collateral received; and (d) add-on = the add-on amount to reflect the market price volatility and foreign exchange volatility, calculated in accordance with paragraph 1.3 below. 1.3 A Finance Company shall calculate the add-on as follows: add on = (( )( ))+ (( )( )) ES HS EFX HFX where – (i) ES = absolute value of the net position in a given security; (ii) HS = haircut appropriate to ES; (iii) EFX = absolute value of the net position in a currency different from the settlement currency; and (iv) HFX = haircut appropriate for currency mismatch between the collateral and exposure. 1.4 Subject to paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7, a Finance Company shall determine HE, HC, HS and HFX referred to in paragraphs 1.1 to 1.3 above, in accordance with the standard supervisory haircuts in Section 2 of this Annex. 1.5 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 1.6 A Finance Company may apply a value of zero to HE, HC and HS in the case of a qualifying SFT with a core market participant. 1.7 A Finance Company may apply a value of zero to HE, HC and Hs in the case of an SFT where both the exposure and collateral are securities issued by the Government, or by other central governments where a value of zero has been prescribed by the bank regulatory agency of that jurisdiction and exposures to the central government of that jurisdiction have a credit quality grade of “1” as set out Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII. Section 2: Standard Supervisory Haircuts 2.1 The standard supervisory haircuts, HE, HC and HS (assuming daily remargining and daily revaluation (i.e. mark-to-market) and a ten-business day holding period), are as follows:

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-64 Table 7J-1 - Standard Supervisory Haircuts Eligible Financial Collateral Standard Supervisory Haircuts Issue Rating for Debt Securities Residual Maturity Central Governments or Central Banks Other Issuers Any debt security with a credit quality grade of “1” or short￾term credit quality grade of “I” ≤ 1 year 0.005 0.01

1 year, ≤ 5 years 0.02 0.04 5 years 0.04 0.08 Any debt security with a credit quality grade of “2” and “3” or short-term credit quality grade of “II” and “III” ≤ 1 year 0.01 0.02 1 year, ≤ 5 years 0.03 0.06 5 years 0.06 0.12 Any debt security with a credit quality grade of “4” All 0.15 NA Gold 0.15 Any equity (including a convertible bond) in a main index of an approved exchange in Singapore or a recognised group A exchange 0.15 Any other equity (including a convertible bond) listed on an approved exchange in Singapore or a recognised group A exchange 0.25 Any unit in a collective investment scheme 0.25 or highest haircut applicable to any security in which the fund can invest Any structured deposit issued by and on deposit with a Finance Company 0.25 Cash in the same currency as the underlying exposure 0 Instruments in the trading book other than those listed above (for pre-settlement counterparty exposures arising from repo-style transactions, i.e. repo, reverse repo, securities lending or securities borrowing transactions, included in the trading book) 0.25 [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2018] 2.2 Notwithstanding paragraph 2.1 above, the standard supervisory haircut, HE, for transactions in which a Finance Company lends instruments that do not qualify as eligible financial collateral (e.g. corporate debt securities with a credit quality of “4” or worse) is 0.25. 2.3 The standard supervisory haircut, HFX, for currency mismatch where exposure and collateral are denominated in different currencies based on a ten-business day holding period and daily revaluation is 0.08. 2.4 Where the minimum holding period, frequency of remargining or revaluation assumptions set out for eligible financial collateral in paragraph 2.1 differ from those of the Finance Company, the Finance Company shall adjust HE, HC, HFX and HS using the formulae in paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 of this Annex.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-65 Section 3: [This section has been intentionally left blank.] Section 4: Minimum Holding Periods, Remargining or Revaluation Conditions 4.1 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 4.2 Where the assumed minimum holding period is not met or remargining or revaluation conditions are not fulfilled, a Finance Company shall calculate the applicable haircut using the following formula: H = HM √{[NR + (TM - 1)]/ TM} where - (a) “H” refers to the haircut; (b) “HM” refers to the haircut under the minimum holding period; (c) “TM” refers to the minimum holding period for the type of transaction or eligible financial collateral set out in paragraph 2.1 of this Annex; and (d) “NR” refers to the actual number of business days between remargining or revaluation, as the case may be. 4.3 When a Finance Company uses a holding period, TN, which is different from the specified minimum holding period, TM, the Finance Company shall calculate HM using the following formula: HM = HN√(TM/TN) where - (a) “TN” refers to the holding period used by the Finance Company for deriving HN; and (b) “HN” refers to the haircut based on the holding period TN. 4.4 For example, a Finance Company shall scale the standard supervisory haircuts provided in paragraph 2.1 of this Annex based on a ten-business day holding period up or down depending on the type of transaction and the frequency of remargining or revaluation using the formula below: H = H10 √{[NR + (TM - 1)]/ 10} where - (a) “H” refers to the haircut;

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-66 (b) “H10” refers to ten-business day standard supervisory haircut for the type of transaction or eligible financial collateral; (c) “TM” refers to the minimum holding period for the type of transaction or eligible financial collateral; and (d) “NR” refers to the actual number of business days between remargining or revaluation, as the case may be.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-67 Annex 7K QUALIFYING SFTs A qualifying SFT shall comply with the following requirements: (a) both the exposure and the collateral are cash, or a security issued by a central government or central bank qualifying for a 0% risk weight under the SA(CR);184 (b) both the exposure and the collateral are denominated in the same currency; (c) either the transaction is overnight or both the exposure and the collateral are marked-to-market daily and are subject to daily remargining; (d) following a counterparty’s failure to remargin, the time that is required between the last mark-to-market before the failure to remargin and the liquidation185 of the collateral is considered to be no more than four business days; (e) the transaction is settled across a recognised settlement system for that type of transaction; (f) the documentation covering the agreement is standard market documentation for repos, reverse repos, securities lending transactions or securities borrowing transactions in the securities concerned; (g) the transaction is governed by documentation specifying that if the counterparty fails to satisfy an obligation to deliver cash or securities or to deliver margin, or otherwise defaults, then the transaction may be terminated immediately; and (h) upon any event of default, regardless of whether the counterparty is insolvent or bankrupt, the Finance Company has the unfettered, legally enforceable right to immediately seize and liquidate the collateral for the benefit of the Finance Company. 184 This requirement would be satisfied for domestic-currency claims if a bank regulatory agency designates domestic-currency claims on its central government or central bank to be eligible for a 0% risk weight under the SA(CR). 185 A Finance Company is not required to liquidate the collateral, but rather shall have the capability to do so within the given time frame.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-68 Annex 7L CORE MARKET PARTICIPANTS “Core market participant” means - (a) any central government or central bank; (b) any PSE; (c) any qualifying MDB; (d) any banking institution; (e) any financial institution eligible for a 20% risk weight under the SA(CR); or (f) any central counterparty.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-69 Annex 7M [This Annex has been intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-70 Annex 7N QUALIFYING BILATERAL NETTING AGREEMENTS Section 1: Introduction 1.1 A qualifying bilateral netting agreement is a bilateral netting agreement in respect of which the requirements set out in Sections 3 to 5 below are complied with. Section 2: Scope of Application

2.1 A qualifying bilateral netting agreement involves a group of transactions between a Finance Company and a counterparty containing transactions in only one of the following product categories (collectively “Transactions”): (a) OTC derivative transaction; (b) repo, reverse repo, securities or commodities lending transaction and securities or commodities borrowing transaction; or (c) margin lending transaction. Section 3: Requirements for Netting Agreements 3.1 Subject to this Section and Sections 4 and 5, a Finance Company shall – (a) obtain a written independent legal opinion confirming that the netting agreement is valid, effective and enforceable for each of the following jurisdictions: (i) the jurisdiction in which the counterparty is incorporated or established; (ii) if a foreign branch of the Finance Company or the counterparty has entered or will be entering into the Transaction, the jurisdiction in which the branch of the Finance Company or the counterparty, as the case may be, is located; (iii) the jurisdiction whose law governs the netting agreement; and (iv) the jurisdiction whose law governs any Transaction subject to the netting agreement if different from sub-paragraph (iii), (referred to as “relevant jurisdictions” in this Annex) and which satisfies the requirements set out in Section 4; (b) in relation to a netting agreement containing transactions in paragraph 2.1(b) and (c) above, ensure that -

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-71 (i) the netting agreement – (A) provides the non-defaulting party the right to terminate and close out in a timely manner all transactions upon the occurrence of a termination event as defined in the netting agreement, including the default or insolvency of the defaulting party; and (B) allows for the prompt liquidation or set-off of collateral upon the event of default; and (ii) where the netting agreement covers transactions in both the banking book and trading book, – (A) the transactions are marked-to-market daily185A; and (B) the collateral in the transactions are recognised as eligible financial collateral in the banking book in accordance with Annex 7F of Part VII; and (c) provide to the Authority the information and documents set out in paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3. 3.2 A Finance Company shall provide to the Authority a summary listing186 of the source and date of each legal opinion obtained for the purposes of paragraph 3.1(a), stating in each case, whether such legal opinion was commissioned specifically by the Finance Company, by the Finance Company collectively with any other party, or by some other third party. The summary listing should be provided at least once every 12 months, but in any case shall be provided no later than 15 months from the previous submission. 3.3 The Authority may, where it considers it necessary, require a Finance Company to provide copies of, or access to, the netting agreement and the legal opinions obtained for the purposes of paragraph 3.1(a). Section 4: Legal Opinions obtained for purposes of paragraph 3.1(a) 4.1 A legal opinion shall — (a) be in the form of a memorandum of law and addressed directly to the Finance Company or the sponsors of a particular netting agreement or form of netting agreement187; or (b) be the product of a number of parties (including the Finance Company) pooling together to seek a collective opinion on a particular netting agreement. 185A The holding period for the haircuts will depend on the frequency of margining. 186 This can be prepared by either the external or internal legal adviser of the Finance Company. 187 The Authority would normally consider independent legal opinions commissioned and collated by ISDA as complying with the requirements set out in paragraphs 4.1 to 4.6 of this Annex.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-72 4.2 Each legal opinion shall confirm that in an event of default as defined under the netting agreement, including liquidation, bankruptcy or other similar circumstance of either the counterparty or the Finance Company, the courts and administrative authorities188 of the relevant jurisdiction will find that the claims and obligations of the Finance Company pursuant to the relevant Transactions would be limited to a net sum calculated in accordance with the netting agreement under the law of the relevant jurisdiction. 4.3 In addition, each legal opinion should189 - (a) highlight the material clauses in the netting agreement that provide for the netting of Transactions (“material netting clauses”); (b) confirm that the unenforceability or illegality of any clause (other than a material netting clause) in the netting agreement is unlikely to undermine the material netting clauses referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above; (c) state the circumstances under which the netting agreement may be relied upon, including - (i) the legal form of, or activities conducted by, the counterparty; and (ii) whether certain counterparties (such as banks, insurance companies or local authorities) may be subject to special rules relating to insolvency as a result of the legal form of, or activities conducted by, the counterparties; (d) state whether the netting or other default provisions in the netting agreement are enforceable or enforceable differently (and if so, the extent of the difference) in a non-liquidation event, such as administration, judicial management, receivership, voluntary arrangement and a scheme of arrangement; (e) state to what extent, if at all, the netting needs to be reflected in the records of the counterparties in order for it to be valid, effective and enforceable; (f) state whether a court or administrative authority in the jurisdiction covered by the legal opinion would uphold the rate chosen for the conversion of foreign currency obligations for the purpose of calculating the close-out amount and whether there are any statutory or other applicable rules that may affect this aspect of the netting agreement; (g) state whether, under the law of the jurisdiction covered by the legal opinion, it is necessary for the enforceability of the netting that all Transactions be regarded as part of a single agreement, and if so, whether there is anything in the close-out methodology which may be held to be inconsistent with the 188 This includes a court-appointed administrator and an administrator appointed by a regulatory authority. 189 This is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all the matters that should be covered in a legal opinion obtained for the purposes of paragraph 3.1(a).

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-73 treatment of all Transactions as part of a single agreement and the effect it may have on the netting; (h) state whether there is any reason to believe that the netting agreement would be unenforceable because of the law of another jurisdiction; (i) state whether there is any preference specified in the netting agreement for automatic rather than optional close-out, and if so, whether such preference would affect the enforceability of the netting agreement; (j) state whether there are legal problems in exercising any discretion or flexibility provided for in the netting agreement, and if so, whether such problems affect the enforceability of the netting agreement; and (k) if other clauses are added to a standard form agreement, confirm that such additional clauses do not throw any reasonable doubt or affect the overall validity, effectiveness or enforceability of the netting agreement. 4.4 The Authority is aware that it may not be possible for a Finance Company to obtain a legal opinion that provides a definitive view on the validity, effectiveness and enforceability of the netting agreement without certain assumptions or qualifications. The presence per se of assumptions and qualifications within the legal opinion will not render the legal opinion unsatisfactory for the purposes of this Notice. However, the assumptions underlying the legal opinion shall not be unduly restrictive. They shall be specific, be of a factual nature and be adequately explained within the legal opinion. Where qualifications are made, these shall be specific and their effect shall be adequately explained within the legal opinion. A Finance Company shall examine and assess the assumptions and qualifications in the legal opinion. 4.5 If the Finance Company determines that — (a) the absence of any of the information listed in paragraph 4.3; or (b) any of the assumptions or qualifications in the legal opinion, gives rise to reasonable doubt as to the validity, effectiveness or enforceability of the netting agreement, the Finance Company shall not treat the netting agreement as a qualifying bilateral netting agreement. 4.6 In this regard, where there is more than one relevant jurisdiction in relation to a netting agreement, the Finance Company shall not treat the netting agreement as a qualifying bilateral netting agreement, if the Finance Company has any reasonable doubt, based on its own evaluation of the legal opinions, as to whether the netting agreement is valid, effective and enforceable in any relevant jurisdiction considering the potential for conflicts of laws and whether action may be taken by insolvency officials in other jurisdictions. 4.7 The Finance Company shall review each legal opinion and obtain updates thereto, either in the form of a fresh legal opinion or a letter from an external firm of lawyers confirming that the opinion on the validity, effectiveness and enforceability of the netting agreement remains unchanged. Each legal opinion should be reviewed at least once every 12 months, but in any case shall be reviewed no later than 15 months from the previous

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-74 review. The Finance Company shall also document the sources of the legal opinions, and the expertise of the persons giving the legal opinions. 4.8 Notwithstanding paragraph 3.1(a), where any relevant jurisdiction does not recognise netting or recognises netting only in a limited form, the Finance Company shall report Transactions for which that jurisdiction is a relevant jurisdiction on a gross basis. All other Transactions under the same netting agreement may be reported on a net basis. 4.9 The Finance Company shall alert the Authority when it becomes aware of any relevant jurisdiction that does not recognise netting or recognises netting only in a limited form (whether as to certain products, or with counterparties of certain legal forms or counterparties performing certain activities). 4.10 Where a Finance Company is aware that a supervisory authority of the counterparty of the Finance Company (whether the supervisory authority is the home or host supervisor) is not satisfied that a netting agreement is legally valid, effective or enforceable under the law of the jurisdiction of that supervisory authority, the Finance Company shall not treat the netting agreement as a qualifying bilateral netting agreement, notwithstanding any legal opinion obtained by the Finance Company. Section 5: Policies, Systems and Controls 5.1 A Finance Company shall have in place a netting policy that sets out, as a minimum, the following: (a) the person responsible for setting and reviewing the policy on netting; (b) the frequency of review of the netting policy; (c) the person responsible for approving the application of a netting agreement to any Transaction (including determining whether the netting agreement is covered by an existing legal opinion or whether separate legal opinions are required); (d) how the Finance Company monitors legal developments affecting its netting agreements and the need to obtain additional legal opinions; (e) what the Finance Company is to include in its netting agreements to ensure that its interests, rights and obligations are duly reflected; and (f) the processes for determining and reporting net exposures to individual counterparties. 5.2 The Finance Company shall also have in place adequate systems and controls to monitor the Transactions, including systems and controls to ensure that - (a) only Transactions entered into by the Finance Company with a counterparty that are covered by a netting agreement are netted;

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-75 (b) net exposures to individual counterparties are accurately determined and reported190; (c) documentary evidence of the Transactions subject to netting are maintained and appropriately safeguarded and the Finance Company is able to produce such documentary evidence, if required by the Authority; (d) the legal opinions are not superceded by subsequent changes in the laws of the relevant jurisdictions. The following shall be duly documented and should be updated at least once every 12 months, but in any case, shall be updated no later than 15 months from the previous update: (i) the types of counterparties and Transactions covered by each netting agreement; and (ii) the relevant jurisdictions for each netting agreement to which the Finance Company is a party. The Finance Company shall note any jurisdiction for which any doubt may exist as to the legal validity, effectiveness or enforceability of netting and what action the Finance Company has taken as a result; (e) counterparty limits are monitored in terms of such net exposures; and (f) potential roll-off exposures, which occur upon maturity of short-dated obligations that are netted against longer dated claims, are monitored. 5.3 A Finance Company shall maintain all documentation referred to in Sections 3 and 4 of this Annex at all times. 190 A Finance Company should have systems in place which are capable of aggregating net exposures to each counterparty on a global basis including each branch of the Finance Company against each branch of the counterparty.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-76 Annex 7O CURRENT EXPOSURE METHOD191 1.1 A Finance Company using the current exposure method shall calculate E for the pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from an OTC derivative transaction that is not covered by a qualifying bilateral netting agreement by adding - (a) the replacement cost (obtained by marking-to-market) of the OTC derivative transaction or in the case of a transaction with negative replacement cost, a value of zero192; and (b) the amount for potential future exposure obtained by applying the appropriate add-on factor set out in Table 7O-1 to the notional amount193 of the OTC derivative transaction. Table 7O-1 – Add-on Factors to Reflect Potential Future Exposure194 OTC Derivative Transaction One year or less Over one year to five years Over five years (a) Foreign Exchange Rate and Gold195 1.0 % 5.0% 7.5% (b) Interest Rates196 0.0 % 0.5% 1.5% (c) Equity 6.0 % 8.0% 10.0% (d) Precious metals (except gold) 7.0 % 7.0% 8.0% (e) Other commodities197 10.0 % 12.0% 15.0% (f) Credit derivatives Protection buyer Protection seller Total Return Swap Qualifying reference obligation198 5% 5% 191 A Finance Company may calculate the pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from a long settlement transaction using the current exposure method. In such a case, this Annex shall be read with reference to a long settlement transaction. 192 Any foreign exchange transaction or translation gains or losses from a foreign currency-denominated OTC derivative transaction should be allocated to the exposure to which it accrues. 193 In the event that the stated notional amount is leveraged or enhanced by the structure of the transaction, the Finance Company shall use the effective notional amount when determining the potential future exposure. 194 (a) For a transaction with multiple exchanges of principal, the add-on factors are to be multiplied by the number of remaining payments in the contract. (b) For a transaction that is structured to settle outstanding exposures following specified payment dates and where the terms are reset such that the market value of the contract is zero on these specified dates, the residual maturity shall be equal to the time until the next reset date. In the case of an interest rate contract with a remaining maturity of more than one year which meets the above criteria, the add￾on factor is subject to a minimum of 0.5%. 195 [This footnote has been intentionally left blank.] 196 No potential future exposure shall be calculated for single currency floating/floating interest rate swaps. The exposure on these contracts shall be evaluated solely on the basis of their fair value. 197 Includes any forward, swap, purchased option and other similar derivative contracts which are not classified in (a) to (d). 198 "Qualifying reference obligation” means any security that is issued by any MDB, any security (including one issued by a PSE) that has a credit quality grade of “3” or better as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII based on the external credit assessment of at least one recognised ECAI, and any unrated security issued by a PSE which belongs to a country with a credit quality grade of “1” as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-77 Non-qualifying reference obligation 10% 10% Credit Default Swap199 Qualifying reference obligation 5% 5%200 Non-qualifying reference obligation 10% 10%200 1.2 For an OTC derivative transaction or a long settlement transaction to a single counterparty that is covered by a qualifying bilateral netting agreement, a Finance Company using the current exposure method shall calculate E for the pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from that netting set by adding - (a) the net replacement cost (obtained by marking-to-market) of all OTC derivative transactions with that counterparty or in the case where there is a negative replacement cost, a value of zero; and (b) an add-on, ANET for potential future exposure which is calculated as follows: ANET = 0.4 x AGROSS + 0.6 x NGR x AGROSS where - (i) “AGROSS” refers to the sum of individual add-on amounts (calculated by multiplying the notional amount of each OTC derivative transaction by the appropriate add-on factor set out in Table 7O-1) of all OTC derivative transactions with that counterparty; and (ii) “NGR” refers to the ratio of the net current replacement cost to the gross current replacement cost for all OTC derivative transactions subject to qualifying bilateral netting agreements with that counterparty.201 1.3 For the purposes of paragraph 1.2(b)(i), the notional amount for a forward exchange contract and any other similar contract in which the notional amount is equivalent to cash flows is defined as the net receipts due on each value date in each currency. 1.4 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] of Part VII. Where a security has more than one external credit assessment and these map into different credit quality grades, paragraph 7.3.4 shall apply. 199 Where the credit derivative is a first-to-default transaction, the add-on shall be determined by the lowest quality underlying reference obligation in the basket, i.e. if there is any non-qualifying reference obligation in the basket, the non-qualifying reference obligation shall be used. For a second-to-default transaction, the add-on shall be determined by the second lowest quality underlying reference obligation in the basket. For a nth-to-default transaction, the add-on shall be determined by the nth-lowest quality underlying reference obligation in the basket. 200 The protection seller of a credit default swap shall only be subject to the add-on factor where it is subject to closeout upon the insolvency of the protection buyer while the underlying reference obligation is still solvent. The potential future exposure should be capped to the amount of unpaid premiums. 201 A Finance Company shall calculate the NGR separately for each counterparty. Any Finance Company which proposes to use an aggregate NGR shall consult the Authority.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-78 1.5 A Finance Company using the SA(CR) may use either the FC(SA) or the FC(CA) to recognise the effect of eligible financial collateral for any OTC derivative transaction in the banking book. The Finance Company shall apply the chosen approach consistently to the entire banking book and shall not use a combination of both approaches. For any pre￾settlement counterparty exposure arising from an OTC derivative transaction in the trading book, a Finance Company using the SA(CR) shall use only the FC(CA) to recognise the effect of eligible financial collateral. 1.6 A Finance Company using the SA(CR) and FC(SA) may recognise the effect of eligible financial collateral for any OTC derivative transaction in accordance with Sub￾division 4 of Division 3 of Part VII. 1.7 A Finance Company which has taken eligible financial collateral for any OTC derivative transaction or long settlement transaction may, if it is using the SA(CR) and the FC(CA), calculate E*, the SA(CR) exposure adjusted for eligible financial collateral, in accordance with paragraph 1.8 and substitute E* for E when calculating the credit risk￾weighted exposure amount for an SA(CR) exposure or for all its SA(CR) exposures to a counterparty covered by a qualifying bilateral netting agreement under Sub-division 3 of Division 1 of Part VII. 1.8 A Finance Company using the FC(CA) shall calculate E*, the exposure amount adjusted for eligible financial collateral, for any collateralised OTC derivative transaction using the following formula: E* = E - C(1 – HC – HFX) where - (a) “E*” refers to the exposure value after risk mitigation; (b) “E” refers to the exposure value calculated in accordance with paragraph 1.1 or 1.2 of this Annex, whichever is applicable; (c) “C” refers to the fair value of the eligible financial collateral received202; (d) “HC” refers to the haircut appropriate to the collateral, or if the collateral is a basket of assets, the weighted sum of the haircuts appropriate to the assets in the basket where each weight is the proportion of the asset in the basket in units of currency determined in accordance with Annex 7J of Part VII; and (e) “HFX” refers to the haircut appropriate for the currency mismatch between the collateral and exposure determined in accordance with Annex 7J of Part VII202A . 202 Where the residual maturity of the collateral is shorter than the residual maturity of the exposure, the Finance Company shall substitute PA calculated in accordance with Annex 7F of Part VII for C(1 – HC – HFX). 202A Hfx shall also be applied if there is a mismatch between the collateral currency and the settlement currency. This applies even in the case where there are more than two currencies involved in the exposure, collateral and settlement currency.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-79 Annex 7P CCR STANDARDISED METHOD203 Section 1: Exposure Measurement 1.1 A Finance Company using the CCR standardised method shall calculate E, for the pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from a netting set as follows: E =  x max{CMV – CMC;  j  i RPTij - l RPClj x CCFj} where - (a) “CMV” refers to the fair value of the portfolio of transactions within the netting set with a counterparty gross of collateral, i.e. CMV =  i CMVi , where CMVi is the fair value of transaction i; (b) “CMC” refers to the fair value of the collateral assigned to the netting set204 , i.e. CMC =  l CMCl , where CMCl is the fair value of collateral l; (c) “i” is the index designating transaction; (d) “l” is the index designating collateral; (e) “j” is the index designating a hedging set category. These hedging sets correspond to risk factors for which risk positions of opposite sign can be offset to yield a net risk position on which the calculation of E is then based; (f) “RPTij” refers to the risk position arising from transaction i with respect to hedging set j204A; (g) “RPCij” refers to the risk position arising from collateral l with respect to hedging set j; (h) “CCFj” refers to the CCF applicable to the hedging set j as set out in Table 7P-3 in this Annex; and (i) “” is 1.4. 203 A Finance Company may calculate the pre-settlement counterparty exposure arising from a long settlement transaction using the CCR standardised method. In such a case, this Annex shall be read with reference to a long settlement transaction. 204 Collateral received from a counterparty has a positive sign, while collateral posted with a counterparty has a negative sign. 204A For example, a Finance Company shall map a short-term foreign exchange forward with one leg denominated in the domestic currency of the Finance Company into three risk positions: a foreign exchange risk position, a foreign currency interest rate position, and a domestic currency risk position.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-80 1.2 A Finance Company which has taken eligible financial collateral under paragraph 2.3 of Annex 7F for any OTC derivative transaction may recognise the effect of such collateral in accordance with paragraph 1.1 above. 1.3 If the Authority is not satisfied that the use of the CCR standardised method by a Finance Company captures the risk inherent in the Finance Company’s transactions (as could be the case with structured and more complex OTC derivatives), the Authority may require the Finance Company to apply the current exposure method or the CCR standardised method on a transaction-by transaction basis (i.e. with no recognition of netting). Section 2: Definition of Payment Legs 2.1 An OTC derivative transaction with a linear risk profile (such as a forward, a future or a swap agreement) that stipulates the exchange of a financial instrument (such as a debt instrument, an equity or a commodity) for a payment consists of one payment leg and the payment part of the transaction is the payment leg. 2.2 An OTC derivative transaction that stipulates the exchange of payment against payment (such as an interest rate swap or a foreign exchange forward) consists of two payment legs. 2.3 A Finance Company may treat an OTC derivative transaction that consists of two payment legs that are denominated in the same currency (such as interest rates swaps) as a single aggregate transaction. The treatment for payment legs then applies to the aggregate transaction. 2.4 For the purpose of calculating E, each payment leg consists of the contractually agreed gross payments, including the notional amount of the transaction. 2.5 A Finance Company may disregard the interest rate risk arising from payment legs with a remaining maturity of less than one year for the purpose of the calculation of E. Section 3: Mapping of OTC Derivative Transactions into Risk Positions 3.1 A Finance Company shall map an OTC derivative transaction with a linear risk profile in which the underlying instrument is an equity (including equity indices), commodity (including gold and other precious metals) or any other non-debt instrument to the following risk positions: (a) a risk position in the respective hedging set (equity (or equity index), commodity (including gold and other precious metals) or non-debt instrument)) for the underlying instrument; (b) an interest rate risk position for the payment leg within the appropriate interest rate hedging set; and (c) a foreign exchange risk position in the respective currency, if the payment leg is denominated in a foreign currency.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-81 3.2 A Finance Company shall map an OTC derivative transaction with a linear risk profile in which the underlying instrument is a debt instrument (such as a bond or a loan) to the following risk positions: (a) an interest rate risk position for the underlying debt instrument within the appropriate interest rate hedging set; (b) an interest rate risk position for the payment leg within the appropriate interest rate hedging set; (c) a foreign exchange risk position in the respective currency, if the underlying debt instrument is denominated in a foreign currency; and (d) a foreign exchange risk position in the respective currency, if the payment leg is denominated in a foreign currency. 3.3 A Finance Company shall map an OTC derivative transaction with a linear risk profile that stipulates the exchange of payment against payment (including foreign exchange forwards) to the following risk positions: (a) an interest rate risk position for each of the payment legs within the appropriate interest rate hedging set; and (b) a foreign exchange risk position for each payment leg that is denominated in a foreign currency, if applicable. 3.4 A Finance Company shall assign a value of zero to the E of a foreign exchange basis swap transaction. Section 4: Determining the Size of Risk Positions 4.1 A Finance Company shall calculate the size of its risk positions arising from its OTC derivative transactions in accordance with Table 7P-1 below. Table 7P-1 - Computation of Risk Positions Arising from OTC Derivative Transactions Risk Positions arising from OTC Derivative Transactions Size of Risk Positions (a) Any risk position arising from the underlying instruments of an OTC derivative transaction with linear risk profile where the underlying instruments are equities (including equity indices), commodities (including gold and other precious metals) or any other non-debt instruments The effective notional value (market price multiplied by quantity) of the underlying instrument (including equity, commodity, or any other non-debt instrument) converted to the domestic currency of the Finance Company (b) Any risk position arising from the underlying instruments of an OTC derivative transaction with linear risk The effective notional value of the outstanding gross payments (including the notional amount) converted to the

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-82 Risk Positions arising from OTC Derivative Transactions Size of Risk Positions profile where the underlying instruments are debt instruments or any risk position arising from the payment legs of an OTC derivative transaction with linear risk profile domestic currency of the Finance Company, multiplied by the modified duration of the debt instrument or the payment leg (c) Any risk position arising from a credit default swap The notional value of the reference debt instrument multiplied by the remaining maturity of the credit default swap (d) Subject to paragraph 7.1(a) of this Annex, any risk position arising from the underlying instruments of an OTC derivative transaction with non-linear risk profile (including options and swaptions) where the underlying instruments are equities (including equity indices), commodities (including gold and other precious metals) or any other non-debt instruments The delta equivalent effective notional value of the underlying instrument (including equity, commodity or any other non-debt instrument) (e) Subject to paragraph 7.1(a) of this Annex, any risk position arising from the underlying instruments of an OTC derivative transaction with non-linear risk profile (including options and swaptions) where the underlying instruments are debt instruments or any risk position arising from the payment legs of all OTC derivative transactions with non-linear risk profile The delta equivalent effective notional value of the underlying debt instrument or payment leg multiplied by the modified duration of the debt instrument or payment leg 4.2 A Finance Company may use the following formulae to determine the size and sign of a risk position: (a) risk positions arising from all underlying instruments except debt instruments = Pref x P V   where - (i) “Pref” refers to the price of the underlying instrument, expressed in the reference currency; (ii) “V” refers to the value of the financial instrument (in the case of an option, the option price; in the case of a transaction with a linear risk profile, the value of the underlying instrument itself); and (iii) “P” refers to the price of the underlying instrument, expressed in the same currency as V;

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-83 (b) risk positions arising from debt instruments and the payment legs of all OTC derivative transactions = Effective notional value (or delta equivalent notional value) x r V   where - (i) “ r V   ” is modified duration; (ii) “V” refers to the value of the financial instrument (in the case of an option, the option price; in the case of a transaction with a linear risk profile, the value of the underlying instrument itself or of the payment leg, respectively); and (iii) “r” refers to the interest level; and (c) where V is denominated in a currency other than the reference currency, then V shall be converted into the reference currency by multiplying with the relevant exchange rate. Section 5: Determining Hedging Sets 5.1 A Finance Company shall group its risk positions into hedging sets pursuant to paragraphs 5.2 to 5.7 below. A Finance Company shall have internal procedures to verify that, prior to including a transaction in a hedging set, the transaction is covered by a qualifying bilateral netting agreement. 5.2 For each hedging set, the Finance Company shall compute the absolute value amount of the sum of the resulting risk positions (“net risk position”) as follows: Net Risk Position =  i RPTij -  l RPClj 5.3 A Finance Company shall map interest rate positions arising from the following into one of six hedging sets as set out in Table 7P-2 below for each currency: (a) interest rate positions arising from debt instruments of low specific risk205; (b) interest rate positions arising from payment legs; and (c) interest rate positions arising from money deposits received from a counterparty as collateral. 205 A debt instrument is considered to be of low specific risk when it is subject to a 1.6% or lower specific risk charge according to Table 8C-1 of Annex 8C of Part VIII.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-84 Table 7P-2 - Mapping of Interest Rate Positions into Hedging Sets Hedging Sets Sovereign referenced interest rates Non-sovereign referenced interest rates Residual maturity or rate-adjustment frequency206 One year or less One year or less Over one year to five years Over one year to five years Over five years Over five years 5.4 A Finance Company shall map interest rate positions arising from the following into a single hedging set for each issuer: (a) a reference debt instrument that underlies a credit default swap; (b) a debt instrument of high specific risk207; (c) any deposits that are posted with a counterparty as collateral when that counterparty does not have debt obligations of low specific risk; and (d) a payment leg that emulates a debt instrument of high specific risk (e.g. in the case of a total rate of return swap with one leg that emulates a bond). 5.5 For avoidance of doubt, a Finance Company may assign risk positions that arise from debt instruments of a certain issuer or from reference debt instruments of the same issuer that are emulated by payment legs or that underlie a credit default swap to the same hedging set. 5.6 A Finance Company shall assign underlying instruments other than debt instruments to the same hedging set only if they are identical or similar instruments. In all other cases, they shall be assigned to separate hedging sets. 5.7 For purposes of paragraph 5.6, the similarity of instruments is established as follows: (a) for equities, similar instruments are those of the same issuer. An equity index is treated as a separate issuer; (b) for precious metals, similar instruments are those of the same metal. A precious metal index is treated as a separate precious metal; 206 For any interest rate position arising from an underlying debt instrument (e.g. floating rate notes) or a payment leg (e.g. floating rate legs of interest rate swaps) for which the interest rate is linked to a reference interest rate that represents a general market interest rate (e.g. government bond yield, money market rate, swap rate), the residual maturity is the rate-adjustment frequency which is the length of the time interval up to the next re-adjustment of the reference interest rate. Otherwise, the residual maturity is the remaining life of the underlying debt instrument, or in the case of a payment leg, the remaining life of the transaction. 207 A debt instrument is considered to be of high specific risk when it is subject to a specific risk charge of above 1.6% according to Table 8C-1 of Annex 8C of Part VIII.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-85 (c) for commodities, similar instruments are those of the same commodity. A commodity index is treated as a separate commodity; and (d) for electric power, similar instruments are those with delivery rights and obligations that refer to the same peak or off-peak load time interval within any 24 hour interval. Section 6: CCF to be applied 6.1 The applicable CCFs for the purposes of paragraph 1.1 above are set out as follows: Table 7P-3 - CCFs Hedging Sets CCF (a) Interest rates for any risk position from a reference debt instrument that underlies a credit default swap and that is of low specific risk 0.3% (b) Interest rates for any risk position from a debt instrument or reference debt instrument of high specific risk 0.6% (c) Interest rates for any other interest rate risk position 0.2% (d) Exchange rates 2.5% (e) Gold 5.0% (f) Equity 7.0% (g) Precious metals (except gold) 8.5% (h) Electric power 4.0% (i) Other commodities (excluding precious metals and electric power) 10.0% (j) Any underlying instrument of an OTC derivative transaction that is not in any of the above categories. For the avoidance of doubt, a Finance Company shall assign such underlying instruments to separate individual hedging sets for each category of underlying instrument. 10.0% Section 7: Exceptions to the use of the CCR Standardised Method 7.1 A Finance Company shall use the current exposure method to determine E in the following cases: (a) any transaction with a non-linear risk profile for which the Finance Company cannot determine the delta with a model that the Authority has approved for the purposes of determining the minimum capital requirements for market risk; and

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-86 (b) any payment leg and any transaction with an underlying debt instrument for which the Finance Company cannot determine the modified duration with a model that the Authority has approved for the purposes of determining the minimum capital requirements for market risk. 7.2 A Finance Company shall not recognise netting when applying the current exposure method to an exposure under paragraph 7.1. Section 8: Worked Example 8.1 A USD-based firm has five transactions with a counterparty that can be treated on a net basis under the CCR standardised method. The five transactions are as follows: (a) two USD interest rate swaps; (b) a foreign currency exchange swap; (c) a cross-currency swap; and (d) a total rate of return swap on the DAX. 8.2 In Table 7P-4 below, the five transactions are mapped into separate receiver and payment legs and the risk positions arising from each leg are then calculated within the relevant hedging sets. The risk positions within a hedging set are summed and the applicable CCFs are applied on the absolute values. These values are then summed again to arrive at an amount equivalent to an “at-the-money” expected positive exposure value. The E for this netting set is the current market value or this calculated “at-the-money” expected positive exposure, whichever is higher, multiplied by the ß of 1.4.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-87 Table 7P-4 - Worked Example Hedging sets Interest rate risk Foreign exchange risk Equity risk i Transac￾tion type Effective notional Modified duration CMV USD non￾gov M ≤ 1 USD non￾gov M > 5 EUR non￾gov M ≤ 1 EUR non￾gov M > 5 JPY non￾gov M > 5 EUR /USD JPY /USD DAX USD million % price change/ 1% yield change USD Mln Effective notional x modified duration Effective notional x modified duration Effective notional x modified duration Effective notional x modified duration Effective notional x modified duration Effective notional (+ = long,

• = short) Effective notional (+ = long,
• = short) Effective notional (+ = long,
• = short) 1 USD Interest rate swap Receiver leg 80 8 -6 640 1 USD Interest rate swap Payer leg 80 -0.25 -20 2 USD Interest rate swap Receiver leg 300 0.125 37.5 2 USD Interest rate swap Payer leg 300 -6 2 -1800 3 EUR Foreign currency swap Receiver leg 100 15 0 1500 100 3 USD Foreign currency swap Payer leg 100 -0.125 -12.5 4 EUR Cross currency swap Receiver leg 60 7 1 420 60 4 JPY Cross currency swap Payer leg 60 -7 -420 -60 5 DAX Total return Receiver leg 150 0.125 4 18.75 150

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-88 swap in EUR 5 DAX Total return swap in EUR Payer leg 150 Not applica￾ble -150 Sum of risk positions RPTij by hedging set j 5 -1160 18.75 1920 -420 310 -60 -150 Absolute amount Ιsum of RPTij Ι of risk positions by hedging set j 5 1160 18.75 1920 420 310 60 150 CCFj by hedging set j 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% 2.50% 2.50% 7.00% CCFj x Ι sum of RPTij Ι: CCF-weighted absolute amounts of risk positions by hedging set 0.0100 2.3200 0.0375 3.8400 0.8400 7.7500 1.5000 10.5000 Sum of (CCFj x Ιsum of RPTij Ι 26.7975 CMV: sum of current market values CMVi of the transactions 1.000 Max (CMV, sum of (CCFj x Ιsum of RPTij Ι ) 26.7975 ß 1.4000 E 37.5165

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-89 Annex 7Q [This Annex has been intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-90 Annex 7R CREDIT QUALITY GRADES AND RECOGNISED ECAIs Table 7R-1 - Credit Quality Grades and Recognised ECAIs for SA(CR) Exposures Credit Quality Grade 1 2 3 4 5 6 Fitch Ratings AAA AA+ AA AA￾A+ A A￾BBB+ BBB BBB￾BB+ BB BB￾B+ B B￾CCC+ CCC CCC￾CC C D Moody’s Investors Services Aaa Aa1 Aa2 Aa3 A1 A2 A3 Baa1 Baa2 Baa3 Ba1 Ba2 Ba3 B1 B2 B3 Caa1 Caa2 Caa3 Ca C Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services AAA AA+ AA AA￾A+ A A￾BBB+ BBB BBB￾BB+ BB BB￾B+ B B￾CCC+ CCC CCC￾CC C D Table 7R-2 - For Credit Quality Grades and Recognised ECAIs for Short-term SA(CR) Exposures Short-term Credit Quality Grade I II III IV Fitch Ratings F-1 F-2 F-3 Others Moody’s Investors Services P-1 P-2 P-3 Others Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services A-1 A-2 A-3 Others

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-91 Table 7R-3 - Credit Quality Grades and Recognised ECAIs for SA(SE) Exposures Credit Quality Grade 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Fitch Ratings AAA AA+ AA AA￾A+ A A- BBB+ BBB BBB- BB+ BB BB- B+ B B￾CCC+ CCC CCC￾CC C D Moody’s Investors Services Aaa Aa1 Aa2 Aa3 A1 A2 A3 Baa1 Baa2 Baa3 Ba1 Ba2 Ba3 B1 B2 B3 Caa1 Caa2 Caa3 Ca C Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services AAA AA+ AA AA￾A+ A A- BBB+ BBB BBB- BB+ BB BB- B+ B B￾CCC+ CCC CCC￾CC C D

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-92 Table 7R-4 - Credit Quality Grades and Recognised ECAIs for Short-term SA(SE) Exposures Short-term Credit Quality Grade I II III IV Fitch Ratings F-1 F-2 F-3 Others Moody’s Investors Services P-1 P-2 P-3 Others Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services A-1 A-2 A-3 Others

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-93 Annex 7S QUALIFYING MDBs “Qualifying MDBs” means: (a) the African Development Bank; (b) the Asian Development Bank; (c) the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank; (d) the Caribbean Development Bank; (e) the Council of Europe Development Bank; (f) the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development; (g) the European Investment Bank; (h) the European Investment Fund; (i) the Inter-American Development Bank; (j) the International Development Association; (k) the Islamic Development Bank; (l) the Nordic Investment Bank; (m) the International Finance Facility for Immunisation; or (n) the World Bank Group, including the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Finance Corporation and the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency. [MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-94 Annex 7T QUALIFYING MORTGAGE INSURANCE A “qualifying mortgage insurance” means a mortgage insurance in respect of which the following requirements are complied with: (a) the coverage shall be provided by an insurer which is registered under the Insurance Act (Cap. 142) to carry on mortgage insurance business in Singapore (“mortgage insurer”) and which is not a related corporation of the Finance Company; (b) the mortgage insurer shall have a credit quality grade of “2” or better as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII at the inception of the mortgage insurance coverage and a credit quality grade of “3” or better as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII on an ongoing basis; (c) the Finance Company shall employ robust procedures and processes to control residual risks such as legal, operational, liquidity and market risks; (d) the Finance Company shall conduct sufficient legal review to verify and have a well founded legal basis to ensure that all documentation of the mortgage insurance (“mortgage insurance contract”) is binding on all parties and legally enforceable in the relevant jurisdictions, and undertake such future review as necessary to ensure continuing enforceability; and (e) the Finance Company shall ensure that the mortgage insurance coverage complies with the following: (i) it represents a direct claim on the mortgage insurer and is explicitly referenced to specific exposures, so that the extent of cover is clearly defined and incontrovertible; (ii) it is irrevocable208, i.e. there shall be no clause in the mortgage insurance contract that would allow the mortgage insurer to unilaterally cancel the coverage or that would increase the effective cost of coverage as a result of deteriorating credit quality of the loan; (iii) it is unconditional, i.e. there shall be no clause in the mortgage insurance contract outside the direct control of the Finance Company that could prevent the mortgage insurer from being obliged to pay out in a timely manner in the event that the borrower fails to make the payments due; 208 Exclusions relating to the non-payment by the Finance Company of money due in respect of the mortgage insurance contract, and clearly defined non-credit related events (e.g. exclusions relating to bank negligence and fraud, title defects, physical damage to the collateral, acts of war and rebellion, and claims contrary to law) is not normally regarded by the Authority as a failure to meet this condition.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-95 (iv) the definition of a qualifying default or non-payment of the borrower in the mortgage insurance contract shall be aligned with that used by the Finance Company; (v) the mortgage insurance contract transaction allows the Finance Company to seek repayment from the mortgage insurer for any money outstanding on the qualifying default or non-payment of the borrower in a timely manner. The Finance Company shall have the right to receive such payments without first having to take legal action against the borrower for repayment of the mortgage loan209; (vi) it is an explicitly documented obligation assumed by the mortgage insurer; and (vii) it covers all types of payments that the borrower is expected to make under the documentation governing the loan. 209 Where a mortgage insurer is expected to pay claims only after the enforcement of collateral has taken place, the mortgage insurer should pay claims promptly once the collateral has been realised and the loss has been established. However, if this is not completed before 24 months, the Finance Company shall have the right to receive such payments regardless of the status of realising the collateral. In this case, the claim payment will be based on the estimated value of the collateral and a final settlement will occur upon realising the collateral.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-96 [Annexes 7U to 7AC have been intentionally left blank.]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-97 ANNEX 7AD REQUIREMENTS FOR EXCLUSION OF SECURITISED EXPOSURES FROM THE CALCULATION OF CREDIT RWA Section 1: Traditional Securitisation 1.1 In the case of a traditional securitisation, a Finance Company may exclude securitised exposures from its calculation of credit RWA only if all of the following requirements have been complied with: (a) except as provided for in sub-paragraphs (g)(i) below, significant credit risk associated with the underlying exposures has been transferred to third parties209A; (b) the Finance Company does not have any effective control 210 over the underlying exposures; (c) the Finance Company obtains a written legal opinion from its legal advisors confirming that the underlying exposures are beyond the reach of the Finance Company and its creditors, even in an insolvency situation or receivership; (d) the securities issued pursuant to the securitisation are not obligations of the Finance Company and any investor who purchases the securities shall only have a claim to the underlying exposures; (e) the securities are issued pursuant to the securitisation by an SPE and the holders of the securities have the right to pledge, transfer or sell their interests without restriction; (f) where a securitisation includes a clean up call, the call complies with the requirements set out in Section 3 of this Annex; (g) the documentation of the securitisation does not contain any clauses that – (i) other than clean-up calls, obliges the Finance Company to repurchase any of the underlying exposures, at any time, except where that obligation arises from the exercise of a representation or warranty given by the Finance Company. The Finance Company may give a representation or warranty solely in respect of the nature or 209A The Finance Company shall consider material costs of credit protection purchased that have not yet been recognised in earnings as a retained position of the Finance Company. These costs could be quantified through an appropriately conservative present value calculation. 210 A Finance Company is deemed to have effective control over the transferred exposures if - (a) it is able to repurchase from the transferee the previously transferred exposures in order to realise their benefits; or (b) it is obligated to retain the risk of the transferred exposures. In this regard, a Finance Company acting as a servicer in respect of the transferred exposures will not necessarily constitute effective control of the exposures.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-98 existing state of facts of any underlying exposure, that is capable of being verified, at the time of its transfer211;

(ii) requires the Finance Company to alter systematically the underlying exposures such that the weighted average credit quality of the pool is improved unless this is achieved by selling exposures to independent third parties which are not related corporations or affiliates of the Finance Company, at market prices212; (iii) allows for increases in a retained first loss position or credit enhancement provided by the Finance Company after the inception of the securitisation; or (iv) other than step-up features incorporated in relation to the underlying exposures of the securitisation, increases the yield payable to parties other than the Finance Company, such as investors and third-party providers of credit enhancements, in response to a deterioration in the credit quality of the underlying exposures; (h) the transfer of the underlying exposures or the transfer of risk through sub￾participation does not contravene the terms and conditions of any underlying agreement in respect of the underlying exposures and where applicable, all the necessary consents for the transfer or sub-participation have been obtained; (i) the documentation of the securitisation specifies that, if cash flows relating to the underlying exposures are rescheduled or renegotiated, the SPE and not the Finance Company, would be subject to the rescheduled or renegotiated terms; (j) the Finance Company receives a fixed amount of consideration213 for the underlying exposures; and (k) the Finance Company holds not more than 20% of the aggregate original amount of all securities issued by the SPE213A , and all transactions with the SPE are conducted at arm’s length and on market terms and conditions214 . 211 In addition, the Finance Company shall undertake appropriate due diligence prior to giving any such representation or warranty. 212 For avoidance of doubt, this requirement does not preclude the substitution of non-defaulted assets which have been fully amortised. 213 For avoidance of doubt, the amount of consideration received in the form of a fixed amount of securities in the SPE would generally be regarded as meeting this requirement if the transaction is conducted at arm’s length and on market terms and conditions. Also, this requirement does not preclude excess cash from being channeled to the Finance Company after all claims connected with the securities issued by the SPE have been paid out. 213A The Finance Company shall consult the Authority if it intends to hold more than 20% of the aggregate original amount of all securities issued by the SPE, where such holdings comprise entirely of securities that have a credit rating grade of “1” as set out in Table 7R-3 of Annex 7R of Part VII. The Finance Company shall be able to demonstrate that a significant portion of the credit risk and nominal value associated with the underlying exposures of the securitisation has been transferred to third parties. 214 This requirement does not apply where a Finance Company acquires securities in the SPE pursuant to an underwriting arrangement, provided that the Finance Company complies with the 20% limit no later than 8 weeks after the date on which the securities were acquired. The Finance Company shall calculate its credit RWA or market RWA for the securities acquired pursuant to the underwriting arrangement in accordance with Sub-division 6 of Division 1 of this Part or Sub-division 2 of Division 1 of Part VIII respectively.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-99 Section 2: Synthetic Securitisation 2.1 In the case of a synthetic securitisation, a Finance Company may recognise the credit protection obtained through the synthetic securitisation in its calculation of credit RWA only if all of the following requirements have been complied with: (a) the Finance Company transfers all significant credit risk associated with the underlying exposures to third parties209A; (b) the instrument used to transfer credit risk does not contain terms or conditions that limit the amount of credit risk transferred, such as clauses that – (i) materially limits the credit protection or credit risk transference (e.g. significant materiality thresholds below which credit protection is deemed not to be triggered even if a credit event occurs or those that allow for the termination of the credit protection due to deterioration in the credit quality of the underlying exposures); (ii) requires the Finance Company to alter the underlying exposures to improve the weighted average credit quality of the pool215; (iii) increases the cost of credit protection to the Finance Company in response to deterioration in the credit quality of the underlying exposures; (iv) increase the yield payable to parties other than the Finance Company, such as investors and third-party providers of credit enhancements, in response to a deterioration in the credit quality of the underlying exposures; or (v) allows for increases in a retained first loss position or credit enhancement provided by the Finance Company after the inception of the securitisation; (c) the Finance Company obtains a written legal opinion from its legal advisors that confirms the enforceability of the contracts in all relevant jurisdictions; (d) where a securitisation includes a clean up call, the call complies with the requirements set out in Section 3 of this Annex; and (e) in the case where the risks associated with the underlying exposures are transferred to an SPE - (i) the securities issued by the SPE are not obligations of the Finance Company; 215 For avoidance of doubt, this requirement does not preclude the substitution of non-defaulted assets which have been fully amortised.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-100 (ii) the holders of the beneficial interests in that SPE have the right to pledge or exchange their interests without restriction; and (iii) the Finance Company holds not more than 20% of the aggregate original amount of all securities issued by the SPE213A and all transactions with the SPE are conducted at arm’s length and on market terms and conditions216 . Section 3: Securitisation Containing Clean-Up Calls 3.1 If a securitisation includes a clean-up call, the Finance Company which has the ability to exercise the clean-up call shall ensure that – (a) the exercise of the clean-up call is at its discretion; (b) the clean-up call is not structured to avoid allocating losses to credit enhancements or positions held by investors or in any way structured to provide credit enhancement; and (c) the clean-up call is exercisable by the Finance Company only when 10% or less of the original underlying exposures or securities issued remain or, for synthetic securitisation, when 10% or less of the original reference portfolio value remains. 3.2 Where a clean-up call, when exercised, is found to serve as a credit enhancement, the Finance Company shall consider the exercise of the clean-up call as a form of implicit support and treat it in accordance to paragraph 7.6.10 of Sub-division 3 of Division 6 of this Part. 3.3 Where a securitisation includes a clean-up call which does not meet all of the criteria in paragraph 3.1, a Finance Company which is an ABCP programme sponsor or originator in the securitisation shall – (a) in the case of a traditional securitisation, treat the underlying exposures as if they were not securitised. Additionally, the Finance Company shall not recognise as equity capital any gain-on-sale in accordance with paragraph 7.6.16 of Sub-division 3 of Division 6 of this Part; and (b) in the case of a synthetic securitisation, hold capital against the entire amount of the securitised exposure as if the Finance Company did not benefit from any credit protection. 3.4 Where a synthetic securitisation incorporates a call (other than a clean-up call) that effectively terminates the transaction and the purchased credit protection on a specific 216 This requirement does not apply where a Finance Company acquires securities in the SPE pursuant to an underwriting arrangement, provided that the Finance Company complies with the 20% limit no later than 8 weeks after the date on which the securities were acquired. The Finance Company shall calculate its credit RWA or market RWA for the securities acquired pursuant to the underwriting arrangement in accordance with Sub-division 6 of Division 1 of Part VII or Sub-division 2 of Division 1 of Part VIII respectively.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 7-101 date, the Finance Company which is an ABCP programme sponsor or originator in the synthetic securitisation shall treat the transaction in accordance with paragraphs 7.6.8 and 7.6.8A of Sub-division 2 of Division 6 of this Part and Section 6 of Annex 7F of Part VII.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-1 PART VIII: MARKET RISK Division 1: Overview of Market RWA Calculation Sub-division 1: Introduction 8.1.1 Market risk is the risk of losses in on and off-balance sheet positions arising from movements in market prices. When calculating market RWA501, a Finance Company shall include – (a) any risk pertaining to any interest rate-related instrument in the trading book; (b) any risk pertaining to any equity position in the trading book; (c) any foreign exchange risk, whether arising from positions in the trading book or otherwise501A; and (d) any commodity risk, whether arising from positions in the trading book or otherwise. 8.1.2 A Finance Company shall include every transaction which falls within paragraph 8.1.1 above, including any forward sale and purchase transaction, in its calculation of market RWA from the date on which the transaction is entered into. A Finance Company shall ensure that it maintains an adequate level of capital to cover its market risk at the close of each business day and shall take immediate measures to rectify the situation if it fails to meet the capital requirements. 502 8.1.3 A Finance Company which is part of a finance company group with a consolidated book and whose capital requirements are assessed on a global basis may report short and long positions in exactly the same instrument on a net basis regardless of where they are booked, and apply the offsetting rules in this Part on a consolidated basis, except in cases where there are legal or operational impediments to the quick repatriation of profits from a foreign subsidiary or timely management of risks on a consolidated basis. In such a case, the individual positions arising from the affected entities shall be taken into the measurement system without any offsetting or netting against positions arising from other finance company group entities. The Authority shall retain the right to impose market risk capital requirements on a non-consolidated basis to ensure that significant imbalances within a finance company group are addressed. A Finance Company shall not engage in transactions in such a way as to avoid measurement on reporting dates. 501 For the avoidance of doubt, all pre-settlement counterparty exposures arising from OTC derivative transactions, long settlement transactions, repo-style transactions (i.e. repo, reverse repo, securities lending or securities borrowing transactions) and other transactions booked in the trading book shall be included in credit RWA under Part VII. 501A Certain structural foreign exchange positions may be excluded. Please refer to Sub-division 5 of this Part. 502 In addition, a Finance Company shall maintain appropriate risk management systems to ensure that intra￾day exposures are not excessive.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-2 Sub-division 2: Methods of Measuring Market Risks 8.1.4 A Finance Company shall use the SA(MR) to calculate its market RWA. 8.1.5 The SA(MR) is described in Division 2 of this Part. Sub-divisions 1 to 4 of that Division set out the capital treatment for the following risk categories - interest rate risk, equity position risk, foreign exchange risk and commodity risk. Sub-division 5 of that Division sets out the possible methods for measuring the market risk in options. The market risk capital requirement calculated using the SA(MR) shall be the sum of the capital requirements calculated based on Sub-divisions 1 to 5 of that Division. 8.1.6 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 8.1.7 The market RWA of a Finance Company using the SA(MR) shall be the market risk capital requirement calculated in accordance with Division 2 of this Part multiplied by 12.5. Sub-division 3: Determination of the Trading Book 8.1.8 A Finance Company shall allocate all its positions to either its trading book or its banking book. For the avoidance of doubt, all positions excluded from the trading book shall be deemed to be part of the banking book. 8.1.9 A Finance Company shall allocate to the trading book any position in a financial instrument502A or commodity which is held with trading intent or to hedge other positions held in the trading book503 . The Finance Company shall frequently and accurately value every trading book position and manage the portfolio actively. 8.1.10 A position shall be considered to be held with trading intent if – (a) it is held for short-term resale; (b) it is taken on by a Finance Company with the intention of benefiting in the short term from actual or expected differences between its buying and selling price, or from other price or interest rate variations; or (c) it is taken on by a Finance Company to lock in arbitrage profits. 8.1.11 A Finance Company shall determine which positions are to be included in, or excluded from, its trading book in accordance with the policies and procedures in its trading book policy statement. 502A A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity, and includes both cash and derivative instruments. A financial asset is any asset that is cash, the right to receive cash or another financial asset, or the contractual right to exchange financial assets on potentially favourable terms, or an equity instrument. A financial liability is the contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset or to exchange financial liabilities under conditions that are potentially unfavourable. 503 A financial instrument or commodity in the trading book shall be free of any restrictive covenants on its tradability or be able to be hedged completely.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-3 8.1.12 A Finance Company should include the following in its trading book503A – (a) a proprietary position in a financial instrument or commodity satisfying any of the criteria specified in paragraph 8.1.10; (b) any position arising from client servicing (e.g. matched principal broking) and market making; and (c) any position that satisfies the criteria which the Finance Company applies in its determination of the composition of its trading book on a consistent basis. 8.1.13 For the avoidance of doubt, the following positions shall be excluded from the trading book504: (a) an equity position in a hedge fund; (b) an exposure relating to direct holdings of immovable property; (c) a position in a securitisation warehouse; and (d) a private equity investment, owing to significant constraints on the ability of Finance Companies to liquidate these positions and value them reliably on a daily basis. 8.1.14 A position which materially or completely offsets the component risks of a position in the banking book (i.e. an internal hedge) may be eligible for trading book capital treatment if it satisfies the criteria specified in paragraph 8.1.10 and the following criteria on prudent valuation: (a) the internal hedge is not intended to avoid or reduce regulatory capital which the Finance Company would otherwise be required to maintain; (b) the internal hedge is properly documented and subject to internal approval and audit procedures; (c) the internal hedge is dealt with at market conditions; (d) the bulk of the market risk which is generated by the internal hedge is dynamically managed in the trading book within agreed limits set by management; and (e) the internal hedge is carefully monitored. 503A Term trading-related repo-style transactions (i.e. repo, reverse repo, securities lending or securities borrowing transaction) that a Finance Company accounts for in its banking book may be included in the Finance Company’s trading book for regulatory capital purposes, as long as all such repo-style transactions are included. For this purpose, trading-related repo-style transactions are those that meet the requirements set out in paragraph 8.1.10 and where both legs are in the form of cash and securities that can be included in the trading book. 504 A Finance Company may exclude an equity or debt position that arises from an underwriting mandate and include such positions in the banking book.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-4 8.1.15 Notwithstanding paragraph 8.1.14, where a Finance Company hedges a banking book exposure using a credit derivative booked in the trading book, the banking book exposure is not deemed to be hedged for the purpose of calculating its regulatory capital requirement, unless the Finance Company purchases from an eligible protection provider a credit derivative which complies with the requirements and meets the guidelines set out in Annex 7F of Part VII. Where eligible credit protection is purchased and is recognised as a hedge of the banking book exposure for the purpose of calculating its regulatory capital requirement, the Finance Company shall exclude both the internal and external credit derivative hedge from the trading book for the purpose of calculating its regulatory capital requirement for the period of the hedge. Sub-division 4: Trading Book Policy Statement 8.1.16 Where a Finance Company has a position in the trading book, the Finance Company shall have a trading book policy statement. 8.1.16A Subject to paragraph 8.1.16 above, the trading book policy statement shall cover, at a minimum, the policies and procedures, including the methodologies, by which the Finance Company – (a) defines its trading book and identifies positions to be included in its trading book; (b) allocates positions between the banking book and the trading book; (c) actively manages and values its positions in the trading book; (d) measures its trading book risks; and (e) controls the transfer of positions between the banking book and the trading book. 8.1.17 Subject to paragraph 8.1.16 above, a Finance Company shall obtain the approval of its Board on its trading book policy statement. The Finance Company shall review and where necessary update the policy statement, at least once annually. The Finance Company shall obtain the approval of the Board for all significant changes. 8.1.18 Subject to paragraph 8.1.16 above, the Finance Company shall, at a minimum, address the following in its trading book policy statement: (a) the definition of trading book and trading strategy, including – (i) the activities that the Finance Company considers to be trading and the types of positions that are to be allocated to the trading book for the purposes of calculating its regulatory capital requirements; (ii) the types of positions that are excluded from the trading book; and

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-5 (iii) the procedures to ensure that the criteria by which positions are allocated to the trading book are adhered to on a consistent basis, including details on – (A) the unit or department within the Finance Company responsible for monitoring adherence to the trading book policy statement; (B) how often this monitoring is conducted; (C) how this monitoring is done; and (D) how the continuing appropriateness of allocations is confirmed; (b) the extent of active management and valuation505, including – (i) the extent to which a position can be marked-to-market daily by reference to an active and liquid two-way market; (ii) for positions which are marked-to-model, the extent to which the Finance Company can – (A) identify the material risks of the position; (B) hedge the material risks of the position and, where the material risks of the position are hedged, the extent to which hedging instruments would have an active and liquid two-way market; and (C) derive reliable external estimates for the key assumptions and parameters used in the model; (iii) the extent to which the Finance Company can, and is required to, generate valuations for the positions which can be validated externally by its auditors or the Authority in a consistent manner; (iv) the extent to which the Finance Company can, and is required to, maintain documents to support valuations of its trading book positions; (v) the basis for determining and maintaining valuation adjustments for the purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements; (vi) the extent to which legal restrictions or other operational requirements would impede the ability of the Finance Company to effect an immediate liquidation of the position; and (vii) the extent to which the Finance Company can, and is required to, actively risk manage a position within its trading operations; (c) transfers between banking and trading books, including – 505 A Finance Company shall meet the standards for prudent valuation set out in Annex 8N of this Part.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-6 (i) the extent to which a Finance Company may transfer positions between the banking book and the trading book and the criteria for such transfers; (ii) the procedures to effect such transfers; and (iii) the controls in place to prevent inappropriate transfers of positions between the banking book and the trading book; and (d) the following additional considerations: (i) whether there are any subsidiaries or offshore branches of the Finance Company undertaking transactions to be included in the trading book. If so, a list of such subsidiaries or offshore branches shall be included, along with a description of the trading activities carried out by such entities; (ii) the treatment of inter-desk deals; and (iii) the identification and management of structural foreign exchange positions. 8.1.19 Subject to paragraph 8.1.16 above, a Finance Company shall meet the following basic requirements for each position to be included in the trading book: (a) a clearly documented trading strategy506 for the position or portfolio which is approved by senior management; (b) clearly defined policies and procedures for the active management of the position covering the following: (i) the position is managed on a trading desk; (ii) position limits are set and monitored for appropriateness; (iii) every dealer has the autonomy to enter into or manage the position within agreed limits and according to the agreed strategy; (iv) the position is marked-to-market at least daily or, where the position is marked-to-model, the parameters are assessed on a daily basis; (v) positions and exceptions are reported to senior management as an integral part of the risk management process of the Finance Company; and (vi) the position is actively monitored with reference to market information sources507. This would include assessing the quality and 506 This would include the expected holding horizon for the underlying position or portfolio. 507 An assessment of market liquidity, ability to hedge the positions or the portfolio risk profiles should be made.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-7 availability of market inputs to the valuation process, level of market turnover and sizes of positions traded in the market; and (c) clearly defined policies and procedures to monitor the position against the trading strategy of the Finance Company, including the monitoring of turnover and stale positions in its trading book. 8.1.20 Subject to paragraph 8.1.16 above, a Finance Company which is part of a finance company group shall prepare its trading book policy statement on a consolidated basis where the finance company group either manages its trading risk centrally or employs the same risk management techniques across all the entities in the finance company group. Where a trading book policy statement is prepared on a consolidated basis, a Finance Company shall ensure that its application to the Finance Company and each of the other entities in the finance company group is made clear and approved by the Board of the Finance Company and the Board of each of those entities. Sub-division 5: Treatment of Structural Foreign Exchange Positions 8.1.21 A Finance Company which has deliberately taken a position in order to partially or totally hedge against the adverse effect of the exchange rate on its capital adequacy ratios in respect of an asset or any other item may exclude such a position from the calculation of its net open foreign exchange positions if - (a) the position is of a non-dealing nature; (b) the position does no more than protect the capital adequacy ratios of the Finance Company; and (c) any exclusion of the position is applied consistently, with the treatment of the hedge remaining the same for the life of the asset or other item. 8.1.22 A Finance Company, in calculating its net open foreign exchange positions, may also exclude any foreign exchange position related to – (a) items which are included as Deductions from Total Capital, such as investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries; and (b) associated companies and joint ventures denominated in foreign currencies which are reported in the published accounts of the Finance Company at historic cost. Sub-division 6: Risk Management Standards 8.1.23 Where a Finance Company has a position in the trading book, the Finance Company shall have systems in place to – (a) assign positions correctly between its banking book and its trading book, at both the Solo and Group levels; and

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-8 (b) control the transfer of positions from one book to the other, both at the inception of a deal and, if the intent changes, during the life of the deal or position. 8.1.24 Subject to paragraph 8.1.16 above, a unit independent of the market risk￾taking units of the Finance Company shall do a periodic review of its compliance with the policies and procedures set out in the trading book policy statement. A Finance Company shall maintain relevant documents and proper audit trails to facilitate such reviews.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-9 Division 2: SA(MR) 8.2.1 A Finance Company using the SA(MR) shall calculate its market risk capital requirement in accordance with the requirements set out in this Division. Sub-division 1: Interest Rate Risk 8.2.2 A Finance Company shall calculate its market risk capital requirement for interest rate risk by – (a) identifying the positions in its trading book which have interest rate risk; (b) allocating the positions into individual currency portfolios; (c) for each currency portfolio – (i) calculating the net positions in accordance with paragraphs 8.2.8 to 8.2.10; (ii) including these net positions in the calculation of its specific risk capital requirement after applying any offsets allowed pursuant to paragraph 8.2.11; (iii) including these net positions in the calculation of its general market risk capital requirement; and (d) summing all specific risk and general market risk capital requirements for each currency portfolio. Scope 8.2.3 In calculating its market risk capital requirement for interest rate risk, a Finance Company shall include all its trading book positions 508 , whether long or short, in instruments whose market values are affected by changes in interest rates, unless– (a) the position is a convertible bond509 which has been included in the equity position risk calculation of the Finance Company; (b) the position is a capital investment included as Deductions from Total Capital; or (c) the position is an option or is hedging an option which is caught under Sub-division 5 of this Division, except where the Finance Company is required under that Sub-division to include the delta-weighted position in this Sub-division. 508 This includes positions in any interest rate-related instrument that is sold or lent under an SFT, but excludes any interest rate-related instrument that is bought or borrowed under an SFT. 509 A debt issue or preference shares which are convertible at a stated price into ordinary shares of the issuer, shall be treated as a debt instrument if it is traded like debt and as an equity instrument if it is traded like equity.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-10 Measurement of Positions with Interest Rate Risk 8.2.4 Except for any interest rate-related derivative referred to in paragraph 8.2.5 and any credit derivative referred to in paragraph 8.2.6, a Finance Company shall use the current market value of the principal amount of its positions in interest rate-related instruments to calculate its market risk capital requirement for interest rate risk. 8.2.5 A Finance Company shall convert its interest rate-related derivatives into notional positions in the relevant underlying instruments and use the current market value of the principal amount of the underlying instruments to calculate its market risk capital requirement for interest rate risk. Annex 8A of this Part illustrates how a Finance Company should convert certain interest rate-related derivatives into notional positions in the relevant underlying instruments. 8.2.6 A Finance Company shall convert its credit derivatives into notional positions in the relevant reference obligations and use the current market value of the principal amount of the reference obligations to calculate its market risk capital requirement for interest rate risk, except in the case of credit linked notes, where the current market value of the notes shall be used. Annex 8B of this Part illustrates how a Finance Company should treat credit derivatives in the trading book. 8.2.7 In determining the value of the positions or notional positions, a Finance Company should use the valuation of the relevant position with reference to prices quoted by exchanges or dealers or, for OTC contracts for which there are no ready market prices, the valuation should be based on appropriate valuation models or discounted cash flows using market quoted rates. For leveraged instruments where the apparent notional amount differs from the effective notional amount, a Finance Company shall use the effective notional amount in determining the market value. Allowable Netting of Matched Positions 8.2.8 For the purpose of calculating the specific risk and general market risk capital requirements for its positions in interest rate-related instruments, or notional positions in interest rate-related derivatives, a Finance Company may net510 - (a) a long and a short position (including any notional position) in an identical issue511; or (b) a matched position in a futures contract or forward and its corresponding underlying exposures or financial instruments 512 . 8.2.9 Where a futures contract or forward comprises a range of deliverable debt securities, a Finance Company may net a short position in the futures contract or forward 510 The net position is the difference between the value of the long positions of the Finance Company (including notional positions) and the value of its short positions (including notional positions) in the same debt security. 511 Even though the issuer is the same, no netting will be permitted between different issues since differences in coupon rates, liquidity, call features, etc. mean that prices may diverge in the short run. 512 The position representing the time to expiry of a futures contract should nevertheless be included in the calculation of the market risk capital requirement of a Finance Company.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-11 and a long position in the corresponding “cheapest-to-deliver” underlying security513. This netting is permitted only where the Finance Company has sold the futures contract or forward. 8.2.10 A Finance Company may net opposite positions in the same category of interest rate-related instruments if – (a) the positions relate to the same underlying instruments; (b) the positions are of the same notional value; and (c) the positions are denominated in the same currency; and – (i) in the case of futures contracts, the offsetting positions in the notional or underlying instrument to which the futures contract relates are for identical products and mature within seven days of each other; (ii) in the case of swaps and FRAs, the reference rates (for floating rate positions) are identical and the coupons are closely matched (i.e. within 15 basis points); and (iii) in the case of swaps, FRAs and forwards, the next interest fixing date or, for fixed coupon positions or forwards, the residual maturity correspond as follows: (A) on the same day, if the next interest fixing date or residual maturity is less than one month; (B) within seven days, if the next interest fixing date or residual maturity is between one month and a year; or (C) within 30 days, if the next interest fixing date or residual maturity is more than a year. Allowable Offsets for Positions Hedged by Credit Derivatives 8.2.11 For the purpose of calculating the specific risk capital requirement for a credit derivative and its hedged position, a Finance Company may – (a) apply a full offset when the values of the two legs always move in opposite directions and broadly to the same extent. This would be the case when – (i) the two legs consist of completely identical instruments; or 513 The “cheapest-to-deliver” security shall be readily identifiable and most profitable for the Finance Company to deliver.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-12 (ii) a long cash position is hedged by a total rate of return swap (or vice versa) and there is an exact match between the reference obligation and the underlying instrument (i.e. the cash position) 514; (b) apply an 80% offset to the side of the transaction with the higher specific risk capital requirement and a zero specific risk capital requirement on the other side when the values of the two legs (i.e. long and short) always move in opposite directions but not broadly to the same extent. This would be the case when – (i) a long cash position is hedged by a credit default swap or a credit linked note (or vice versa); (ii) there is an exact match in terms of – (A) the reference obligation; (B) the maturity of both the reference obligation and the credit derivative; and (C) the currency of the underlying instrument; and (iii) the key features of the credit derivative contract (e.g. credit event definitions, settlement mechanisms) do not cause the price movement of the credit derivative to materially deviate from the price movement of the cash position; and (c) apply the higher of the two specific risk capital requirements when the values of the two legs (i.e. long and short) usually move in opposite directions. This would be the case when – (i) the position would be captured in sub-paragraph (a)(ii) but for an asset mismatch between the reference obligation and the underlying instrument where – (A) the reference obligation ranks pari passu with or is junior to the underlying instrument; and (B) the underlying instrument and reference obligation share the same obligor and legally enforceable cross-default or cross acceleration clauses are in place; (ii) the position would be captured in sub-paragraph (a)(i) or (b) but for a currency or maturity mismatch between the credit derivative and the underlying instrument; or (iii) the position would be captured in sub-paragraph (b) but for an asset mismatch between the cash position and the reference obligation, and the underlying instrument is included in the deliverable obligations in the credit derivative documentation. 514 The maturity of the swap itself may be different from that of the underlying instrument.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-13 8.2.12 A Finance Company shall calculate a specific risk capital requirement for both the credit derivative and the hedged position if none of the sub-paragraphs of paragraph 8.2.11 apply to them. Specific Risk Capital Requirement 8.2.13 The specific risk capital requirement is intended to protect against an adverse movement in the price of an individual instrument owing to factors related to the individual issuer. A Finance Company shall calculate the specific risk capital requirement for each net position in an interest rate-related instrument515 or a credit derivative (including the net delta-weighted position of options on that interest rate-related instrument or credit derivative where the Finance Company is using the delta-plus method or the scenario approach to calculate its market risk capital requirement for options) by516 – (a) in the case of a securitisation exposure, multiplying the market value of each net position (ignoring the sign) by the relevant specific risk charge in Table 8C-1A of Annex 8C of this Part for positions covered under the standardised approach for securitisation exposures, and converting the resultant amount into the base currency of the Finance Company at prevailing foreign exchange spot rates517,518 . (b) in the case of a credit derivative and its hedged position for which the Finance Company has applied an offset pursuant to paragraph 8.2.11, multiplying the market value of the resulting net position (ignoring the sign) by the relevant specific risk charge in Table 8C-1 of Annex 8C of this Part, and converting this amount into the base currency of the Finance Company at prevailing foreign exchange spot rates; (c) in the case of a correlation trading portfolio, using the larger of: (i) the aggregate of each of the net long positions from the net long correlation trading exposures multiplied by the relevant specific risk charge in the relevant table of Annex 8C of this Part, and converting 515 This includes both actual and notional positions (e.g. futures contracts where the underlying is a debt security or an index representing a basket of debt securities). However, notional positions in zero-specific-risk securities do not attract specific risk (e.g. interest rate and currency swaps, FRAs, forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate futures and futures on an interest rate index). 516 A Finance Company may limit the risk charge for an individual position in a credit derivative or securitisation instrument to the maximum possible loss. For a short risk position this limit could be calculated as a change in value due to the underlying names immediately becoming default risk-free. For a long risk position, the maximum possible loss could be calculated as the change in value in the event that all the underlying names were to default with zero recoveries. The maximum possible loss shall be calculated for each individual position. 517 In general, the specific risk capital requirement for securitisation exposures which are held in the trading book is to be calculated according to the method used for such positions in the banking book, unless specified otherwise in this Part. The treatment described in paragraph 7.6.18(b) of Part VII for certain securitisation exposures and the requirements set out in paragraph 7.6.9A of Part VII are also applicable to such exposures held in the trading book. A Finance Company shall include any securitisation exposure where the requirements in paragraphs 7.6.9A(a) to (c) are not met as Deductions from Total Capital. A Finance Company’s capital requirement for such exposures held in the trading book can be no less than the amount required under the banking book treatment. 518 A securitisation exposure included as Deductions from Total Capital may be excluded for the purpose of calculating the general market risk capital requirement.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-14 this amount into the base currency of the Finance Company at prevailing foreign exchange spot rates; and (ii) the aggregate of each of the net short positions from the net short correlation trading exposures multiplied by the relevant specific risk charge in the relevant table of Annex 8C of this Part, and converting this amount into the base currency of the Finance Company at prevailing foreign exchange spot rates; and (d) in all other cases, multiplying the market value of each net position (ignoring the sign) by the relevant specific risk charge in Table 8C-1 of Annex 8C of this Part, and converting this amount into the base currency of the Finance Company at prevailing foreign exchange spot rates. 8.2.14 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] 8.2.15 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] General Market Risk Capital Requirement 8.2.16 The general market risk capital requirement is intended to capture the risk of loss arising from changes in market interest rates. A Finance Company shall calculate the general market risk capital requirement for each currency portfolio by519 – (a) applying either the maturity method or the duration method to calculate the general market risk capital requirement in the foreign currency; and (b) converting the resultant amount into the base currency of the Finance Company at prevailing foreign exchange spot rates. Such market risk capital requirements shall be summed up with no offsetting between positions of opposite sign. Maturity Method519 8.2.17 A Finance Company applying the maturity method shall – (a) slot each net position (including the net delta-weighted position of options on interest rate-related instruments where the Finance Company is using the delta-plus method to calculate its market risk capital requirement for options) into the appropriate maturity band according to the maturity and coupon of the instrument in accordance with Table 8C-2 of Annex 8C of this Part. Fixed rate instruments should be allocated according to the residual term to maturity and floating rate instruments according to the residual term to the next repricing date; 519 An illustration on the calculation of the general market risk capital requirement for interest rate risk under the maturity method is set out in Annex 8D of this Part.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-15 (b) calculate the weighted long and short positions for each maturity band by multiplying the net positions by the corresponding general risk charge in Table 8C-2 of Annex 8C of this Part; (c) match the weighted long and short positions within – (i) the same maturity band; (ii) the same zone (using unmatched positions from sub-paragraph (i)); and (iii) different zones (using unmatched positions from sub-paragraph (ii)); (d) calculate the maturity band requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched within each maturity band by the maturity band matching factor in Table 8C-4 of Annex 8C of this Part; (e) calculate the zone requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched within each zone by the corresponding zone matching factor in Table 8C￾4 of Annex 8C of this Part; (f) calculate the adjacent zone requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched between adjacent zones by the adjacent zone matching factor in Table 8C-4 of Annex 8C of this Part; (g) calculate the non-adjacent zone requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched between Zones 1 and 3 and the non-adjacent zone matching factor in Table 8C-4 of Annex 8C of this Part; (h) calculate the net position requirement as the sum of all unmatched positions after sub-paragraphs (c) to (g) above; and (i) calculate the general market risk capital requirement as the sum of the maturity band requirement, the zone requirement, the adjacent zone requirement, the non-adjacent zone requirement and net position requirement determined in sub-paragraphs (d) to (h) above. 8.2.18 A Finance Company shall use separate slotting tables for positions in each currency, except in respect of those currencies in which the business of the Finance Company is insignificant. In such a case, the Finance Company may construct a single maturity ladder and slot, within each appropriate maturity band, the net long or short position for each currency. The Finance Company shall calculate the individual weighted net long and short positions for each maturity band by multiplying the net positions by the corresponding risk charges in Table 8C-2 of Annex 8C of this Part. The weighted net positions are to be summed within each maturity band, irrespective of whether they are long or short positions, to produce a gross position figure. The Finance Company shall then apply the treatment specified in paragraphs 8.2.17(d) to (i) to calculate the general market risk capital requirement for these currencies. Duration Method

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-16 8.2.19 A Finance Company may, having put in place the necessary IT systems and with prior approval from the Authority, apply the duration method to measure general market risk by calculating the price sensitivity of each position separately. A Finance Company which elects to use this method shall do so consistently, unless a change in method is approved by the Authority. 8.2.20 A Finance Company applying the duration method shall – (a) calculate the modified duration of each instrument using the following formulae: where - r = yield to maturity; Ct = cash payment in time t; and m = total maturity. (b) slot each net position (including the net delta-weighted position of options on interest rate-related instruments where the Finance Company is using the delta-plus method to calculate its market risk capital requirement for options) into the appropriate duration band according to the modified duration of the instrument in accordance with Table 8C-3 of Annex 8C of this Part; (c) calculate the weighted long and short positions for each duration band by multiplying the net positions by the modified duration of the position derived in sub-paragraph (a) and the relevant assumed change in yield in Table 8C-3 of Annex 8C of this Part; (d) match the weighted long and short positions within – (i) the same duration band; (ii) the same zone (using unmatched positions from sub-paragraph (i)); and (iii) different zones (using unmatched positions from sub-paragraph (ii)); (e) calculate the duration band requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched within each duration band by the duration band matching factor in Table 8C-4 of Annex 8C of this Part; (1 r) Duration (D) Modified duration +

 

= + + = m t 1 t t m t 1 t t (1 r) C (1 r) t C D

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-17 (f) calculate the zone requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched within each zone by the respective zone matching factor in Table 8C-4 of Annex 8C of this Part; (g) calculate the adjacent zone requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched between adjacent zones by the adjacent zone matching factor in Table 8C-4 of Annex 8C of this Part; (h) calculate the non-adjacent zone requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched between Zones 1 and 3 and the non-adjacent zone matching factor in Table 8C-4 of Annex 8C of this Part; (i) calculate the net position requirement as the sum of all unmatched positions after sub-paragraphs (d) to (h) above; and (j) calculate the general market risk capital requirement as the sum of the duration band requirement, the zone requirement, the adjacent zone requirement, the non-adjacent zone requirement and the net position requirement determined in sub-paragraphs (e) to (i) above. 8.2.20A A Finance Company shall use separate slotting tables for positions in each currency, except in respect of those currencies in which the business of the Finance Company is insignificant. In such a case, the Finance Company may construct a single maturity ladder and slot, within each appropriate duration band, the net long or short position for each currency. The Finance Company shall calculate the individual weighted net long and short positions for each duration band by multiplying the net positions by the corresponding assumed change in yield in Table 8C-3 of Annex 8C of this Part. The weighted net positions are to be summed within each duration band, irrespective of whether they are long or short positions, to produce a gross position figure. The Finance Company shall then apply the treatment specified in paragraph 8.2.20(e) to (j) to calculate the general market risk capital requirement for these currencies. Sub-division 2: Equity Position Risk 8.2.21 A Finance Company shall calculate its market risk capital requirement for equity position risk by – (a) identifying the positions in its trading book which have equity position risk; (b) allocating the positions into country portfolios in accordance with paragraph 8.2.22; (c) for each country portfolio – (i) calculating the net position in each equity, equity basket or equity index in accordance with paragraph 8.2.26; and (ii) including these net positions in the calculation of its specific risk and general market risk capital requirements; and

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-18 (d) summing all specific risk and general market risk capital requirements for each country portfolio. 8.2.22 A Finance Company shall group equity positions into country portfolios as follows: (a) a position in an individual equity belongs to – (i) the country of its primary listing; or (ii) where it is unlisted, the country of issue; and (b) a position in an equity basket or equity index is allocated to – (i) one or more country portfolios based on the countries to which the underlying equities belong under sub-paragraph (a) above; or (ii) a hypothetical country. Scope 8.2.23 In calculating its market risk capital requirement for equity position risk, a Finance Company shall include all its trading book positions520, whether long or short, in instruments521 which result in the Finance Company assuming equity position risk, unless – (a) the position is included as Deductions from Total Capital; or (b) the position is an option or is hedging an option which is caught under Sub-division 5 of this Division, except where the Finance Company is required under that Sub-division to include the delta-weighted position in this Sub-division. Measurement of Positions with Equity Position Risk 8.2.24 Except for equity derivative instruments referred to in paragraph 8.2.25 below, a Finance Company shall use the current market value of its positions in equity instruments to calculate its market risk capital requirement for equity position risk. 8.2.25 A Finance Company shall convert its equity derivative instruments into notional positions in the relevant underlying equity instruments and use the current market value of the underlying instruments to calculate its market risk capital requirement for equity position risk. Annex 8E of this Part illustrates how a Finance Company should convert certain equity derivative instruments into notional positions in individual equities, equity baskets or equity indices. 520 This includes positions in any equity instrument that is sold or lent under an SFT, but excludes any equity that is bought or borrowed under an SFT. 521 This includes ownership interests, whether voting or non-voting, convertible securities that trade like equity, commitments to buy or sell equities, and derivatives on both individual equities and on equity indices. For the avoidance of doubt, non-convertible preference shares shall be covered under Sub-division 1 of Division 2 of this Part.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-19 Allowable Netting of Matched Positions 8.2.26 For the purpose of calculating the specific risk and general market risk capital requirements for its equity positions, a Finance Company may net522 - (a) a long position and a short position (including notional positions) in an identical equity523, equity basket or equity index in the same country portfolio; and (b) a matched position in a depository receipt against the corresponding underlying equity or identical equities in different country portfolios provided that any costs of conversion are fully taken into account524 . Specific Risk Capital Requirement 8.2.27 A Finance Company shall calculate the specific risk capital requirement for each net position in an equity instrument (including the net delta-weighted position of options on that equity instrument where the Finance Company is using the delta-plus method or the scenario approach to calculate its market risk capital requirement for options) by – (a) converting the value of the net position into the base currency of the Finance Company at prevailing foreign exchange spot rates; and (b) multiplying the resultant amount by the appropriate specific risk charge as follows: (i) any qualifying equity index (as defined in Annex 8F of this Part) – 0%; or (ii) any other equity, equity basket or equity index – 8%. General Market Risk Capital Requirement 8.2.28 A Finance Company shall calculate the general market risk capital requirement for each country portfolio by – (a) calculating the net position in each country portfolio by summing the net positions of equities, equity baskets and equity indices in the same country portfolio (including the net delta-weighted positions of options on equities and equity indices where the Finance Company is using the delta-plus method to calculate its market risk capital requirement for options); (b) converting the net position in each country portfolio into the base currency of the Finance Company at prevailing foreign exchange spot rates; and (c) multiplying the resultant amount (ignoring the sign) by a general risk charge of 8%. 522 The net position is the difference between the value of the long positions of the Finance Company (including notional positions) and the value of its short positions (including notional positions) in the same equity. 523 Two equities are the same if they enjoy the same rights in all respects and are fungible. 524 Any foreign exchange risk arising out of these positions shall be dealt with under Sub-division 3.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-20 Additional Market Risk Capital Requirement for Qualifying Equity Indices 8.2.29 In addition to the general market risk capital requirement, a Finance Company shall apply an additional risk charge of 2% to the net long or short position in a qualifying equity index (as defined in Annex 8F of this Part). This is intended to cover factors such as execution risk. Treatment of Arbitrage Strategies 8.2.30 In the case of the futures-related arbitrage strategies described below, a Finance Company shall apply the additional 2% risk charge referred to in paragraph 8.2.29 to only one index with the opposite position exempt from the market risk capital requirement. Such futures-related arbitrage strategies are – (a) when the Finance Company takes an opposite position in exactly the same index at different dates or in different market centres; or (b) when the Finance Company takes an opposite position in contracts at the same date in a different but similar index, subject to approval by the Authority. The Authority will not normally grant approval for a Finance Company to use this treatment unless the Finance Company is able to demonstrate that the two indices contain sufficient common components to justify offsetting. 8.2.31 Where a Finance Company engages in a deliberate arbitrage strategy in which a futures contract on a broadly-based index matches a basket of stocks, the Finance Company may exclude both positions for the purpose of calculating its specific risk and general market risk capital requirements, on condition that – (a) the trades have been deliberately entered into and are separately controlled; and (b) the composition of the basket of stocks represents at least 90% of the index when broken down into its underlying components. In such a case, the Finance Company shall apply a minimum risk charge of 4% (i.e. 2% on the gross value of the positions on each side) to reflect divergence and execution risks. This applies even if all of the stocks comprising the index are held in identical proportions. Any excess value of the stocks comprising the basket over the value of the futures contract or excess value of the futures contract over the value of the basket shall be treated as an open long or short position. Sub-division 3: Foreign Exchange Risk 8.2.32 A Finance Company shall calculate its market risk capital requirement for foreign exchange risk by – (a) identifying the positions which have foreign exchange risk;

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-21 (b) calculating the net open position in each currency in accordance with paragraphs 8.2.35 and 8.2.36 below, and the net gold position in accordance with paragraphs 8.2.38 to 8.2.41 below; (c) converting the net open position in each currency and the net gold position into the base currency of the Finance Company at prevailing foreign exchange spot rates; (d) computing the overall net open position by aggregating – (i) the absolute value of the sum of the net short currency positions or the sum of the net long currency positions, whichever is greater; and (ii) the absolute value of the net position (long or short) in gold; and (e) multiplying the overall net open position by 8%. 8.2.33 Notwithstanding paragraph 8.2.32 above, a Finance Company doing negligible business in foreign currency and which does not take foreign exchange positions for its own account may, subject to the prior approval of the Authority, be exempted from market risk capital requirements on these positions provided that – (a) its foreign currency business, defined as the greater of the sum of its gross long positions and the sum of its gross short positions in all foreign currencies, does not exceed 100% of its Eligible Total Capital; and (b) its overall net open position as defined in paragraph 8.2.32 above does not exceed 2% of its Eligible Total Capital. Scope 8.2.34 In calculating its market risk capital requirement for foreign exchange risk, a Finance Company shall include all positions in gold and foreign currency-denominated instruments, regardless of whether these are in the trading book or banking book, unless – (a) the position is included as Deductions from Total Capital; (b) the position is hedging a position which is caught under sub-paragraph (a); (c) the position is hedging an instrument which qualifies as capital of the Finance Company for the purpose of calculating its capital requirements; (d) the position is an option or is hedging an option525 which is caught under Sub-division 5 of this Division, except where the Finance Company is 525 A market risk capital requirement for foreign exchange risk shall nevertheless be calculated for option premiums that are denominated in foreign currency.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-22 required under that Sub-division to include the delta-weighted position in this Sub-division; or (e) the position is a structural foreign exchange position defined in Sub￾division 5 of Division 1 of this Part. Measurement of Positions with Foreign Exchange Risk 8.2.35 A Finance Company shall calculate its net open position in each currency526A by summing – (a) the net spot position (i.e. all asset items less all liability items, including accrued interest and accrued expenses, denominated in the currency in question); (b) the net forward position (i.e. all amounts to be received less all amounts to be paid under forward foreign exchange transactions, including currency futures and the principal on currency swaps not included in the spot position); (c) guarantees and other similar instruments denominated in foreign currency which are certain to be called and are likely to be irrecoverable; (d) net future income or expenses not yet accrued but already fully hedged, as may be determined by the Finance Company526; (e) depending on particular accounting conventions in different countries, any other item representing a profit or loss in foreign currencies; and (f) the net delta-weighted position of foreign currency options where the Finance Company is using the delta-plus method to calculate its market risk capital requirement for options. 8.2.36 A Finance Company shall allocate its positions in composite currencies to – (a) one or more currency portfolios based on their component parts; or (b) a hypothetical currency. 8.2.37 A Finance Company shall convert its foreign currency derivative instruments and derivative positions on gold into notional positions in the relevant foreign currencies and in gold. Annex 8G of this Part illustrates how a Finance Company should convert certain foreign currency derivative instruments and derivative positions on gold into notional positions in the relevant foreign currencies and in gold. 526A Where the Finance Company is assessing its foreign exchange risk on a consolidated basis, and where the inclusion of certain positions could be impractical (e.g. marginal operations of a foreign branch or subsidiary), the internal limit in each currency may be used as a proxy for the positions, provided there is adequate ex￾post monitoring of actual positions against such limits. The limits should be added, without regard to sign, to the net open position in each currency. 526 A Finance Company may exclude future income and expenses unless these are certain and have been hedged, but shall do so on a consistent basis (i.e. a Finance Company shall not be permitted to select only those expected future flows which would reduce its net position).

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-23 Sub-division 4: Commodity Risk 8.2.38 A Finance Company shall calculate its market risk capital requirement for commodity risk by – (a) identifying the positions which have commodity risk; (b) expressing each commodity position in terms of the standard unit of measurement for that position (e.g. barrels, kilos, grams); (c) converting each position into the base currency of the Finance Company at the prevailing foreign exchange spot rates and the current spot price for the commodity; (d) calculating the market risk capital requirement for each commodity position in accordance with the simplified approach in paragraph 8.2.44 or the maturity ladder approach in paragraph 8.2.45 and (e) summing the resulting individual market risk capital requirement for each commodity position. 8.2.39 A Finance Company shall convert its commodity derivative instruments into notional positions in the relevant commodities. Annex 8H of this Part illustrates how a Finance Company should convert certain commodity derivative instruments into notional positions in the relevant commodities. Scope 8.2.40 In calculating its market risk capital requirement for commodity risk, a Finance Company shall include all positions527 , whether long or short, in instruments528 , regardless of whether these are in the trading book or banking book, which result in the Finance Company assuming commodity position risk, unless – (a) it is a gold position, in which case it shall be included within the scope of its foreign exchange risk and treated under Sub-division 3 of this Division; (b) the position is hedging an option which is caught under Sub-division 5 of this Division, except where the Finance Company is required under that Sub-division to include the delta-weighted position in this Sub-division; and 527 This includes positions in any commodity that is sold under a repo or lent under a commodities lending transaction, but excludes positions in any commodity that is bought under a reverse repo or borrowed under a commodities borrowing transaction. 528 This includes physical products which are or can be traded on a secondary market (e.g. agricultural products, minerals (including oil) and precious metals) and all commodity derivatives and off-balance sheet positions which are affected by changes in commodity prices (e.g. commodity futures, commodity swaps).

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-24 (c) the position arises purely from stock financing (i.e. a transaction where a physical commodity is sold forward and the cost of funding is locked in until the date of the forward sale)529 . Allowable Netting of Matched Positions 8.2.41 For the purpose of calculating the market risk capital requirement for its commodity positions, a Finance Company may net the long and short positions in an identical commodity. 8.2.42 Positions in different sub-categories of the same commodity shall be treated as different commodities unless they – (a) can be delivered against each other; or (b) are close substitutes of each other and have price movements which have exhibited a stable correlation coefficient of at least 0.9 over the last 12 months. The Finance Company shall then monitor the correlation coefficient to ensure that it remains at 0.9 on a continuing basis. 8.2.43 A Finance Company which intends to rely on the approach in paragraph 8.2.42(b) shall obtain the prior approval of the Authority. The Authority will grant its approval if it is satisfied that the chosen method is accurate. Simplified Approach 8.2.44 A Finance Company using the simplified approach shall calculate the market risk capital requirement for each commodity by summing – (a) 15% of the net position in the commodity (including the net delta￾weighted position of options on that commodity where the Finance Company is using the delta-plus method to calculate its market risk capital requirement for options); and (b) 3% of the gross position (long plus short, ignoring the sign) in the commodity (including the gross delta-weighted position of options on that commodity where the Finance Company is using the delta-plus method to calculate its market risk capital requirement for options). Maturity Ladder Approach530 8.2.45 A Finance Company using the maturity ladder approach shall calculate the market risk capital requirement for each commodity by – (a) offsetting long and short positions (including the net delta-weighted position of options on that commodity where the Finance Company is using 529 Notwithstanding this, any interest rate or foreign exchange risk in respect of stock financing should be treated under Sub-divisions 1 and 3 of this Division. 530 An illustration on the calculation of the market risk capital requirement for commodity risk under the maturity ladder approach is set out in Annex 8I of this Part.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-25 the delta-plus method to calculate its market risk capital requirement for options) maturing – (i) on the same day; or (ii) in the case of positions arising from contracts traded in markets with daily delivery dates, within ten business days of each other; (b) allocating the remaining positions to the appropriate maturity time-bands as follows: (i) up to 1 month531; (ii) more than 1 month but not more than 3 months; (iii) more than 3 months but not more than 6 months; (iv) more than 6 months but not more than 12 months; (v) more than 1 year but not more than 2 years; (vi) more than 2 years but not more than 3 years; and (vii) more than 3 years; (c) matching long and short positions within each time-band. In each instance, calculating a spread charge equal to the sum of long and short positions matched multiplied by the spread rate of 1.5%; (d) carrying unmatched positions remaining to another time-band where they can be matched, then matching them until all matching possibilities are exhausted. In each instance, calculating – (i) a carry charge equal to the carried position multiplied by the carry rate of 0.6% and the number of time-bands by which the position is carried; and (ii) a spread charge equal to the sum of long and short positions matched multiplied by the spread rate of 1.5%; (e) calculating the outright charge on the remaining positions (which will either be all long positions or all short positions) equal to the sum of the remaining positions (ignoring the sign) multiplied by the outright charge of 15%; and (f) summing the spread rates, carry rates and outright charge determined in sub-paragraphs (c) to (e) above. 531 Physical commodity positions are allocated to this time-band.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-26 Sub-division 5: Treatment of Options 8.2.46 A Finance Company shall calculate its market risk capital requirement for options532 using – (a) the simplified approach in accordance with paragraphs 8.2.47 to 8.2.49; (b) the delta-plus method in accordance with paragraphs 8.2.50 to 8.2.56; or (c) the scenario approach in accordance with paragraphs 8.2.57 to 8.2.63. Simplified Approach533 8.2.47 A Finance Company may use the simplified approach only if – (a) it does not write options; or (b) where it writes options, all its written options are hedged by perfectly matched long positions in exactly the same options. 8.2.48 Under the simplified approach, a Finance Company shall exclude the positions in the options and the associated underlying financial instruments or commodities, cash or forward, from the requirements in Sub-divisions 1 to 4 of this Division, and shall separately calculate the market risk capital requirements for those positions in accordance with paragraph 8.2.49 below. The Finance Company shall add the market risk capital requirements for those positions to the market risk capital requirements for the relevant risk categories (i.e. interest rate, equity positions, foreign exchange and commodities) calculated in accordance with Sub-divisions 1 to 4 of this Division. 8.2.49 A Finance Company using the simplified approach shall calculate its market risk capital requirement for options by – (a) identifying the options and the associated underlying financial instruments or commodities; (b) calculating the market risk capital requirement for each combination of a long put and a long outright position in the associated underlying financial instrument or commodity, or of a long call and a short outright position in the associated underlying financial instrument or commodity, by – 532 A Finance Company shall use the more sophisticated methods under the SA(MR) i.e. the delta-plus method or the scenario approach, if it engages in significant options trading. Such a Finance Company shall also monitor closely other risks associated with options (e.g. rho (this measures the rate of change of the option value with respect to interest rate) and theta (this measures the rate of change of the option value with respect to time)). A Finance Company may also incorporate rho within its market risk capital requirement for interest rate risk. 533 An illustration on the calculation of the market risk capital requirement under the simplified approach is set out in Annex 8J of this Part.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-27 (i) multiplying the market value of the outright position534 by the sum of the applicable specific and general risk charges, or single applicable risk charge, as the case may be535; and (ii) subtracting the amount the option is in the money (if any) bounded at zero536; (c) calculating the market risk capital requirement for each long call or long put as – (i) the market value of the underlying financial instrument or commodity multiplied by the sum of the applicable specific and general risk charges, or single applicable risk charge, as the case may be535 ; or (ii) the market value of the option537A , whichever is lower; and (d) summing the market risk capital requirements determined in sub￾paragraphs (b) and (c) above. Delta-plus method537 8.2.50 A Finance Company using the delta-plus method538 shall calculate its market risk capital requirement for options by – (a) calculating the delta-weighted position of each option in accordance with paragraph 8.2.51 and adding these delta-weighted positions to the net positions in the relevant risk category in Sub-divisions 1 to 4 of this 534 The underlying financial instrument or commodity should be taken to be the asset which would be received if the option were exercised. In addition, the notional value should be used for items where the market value of the underlying financial instrument or commodity could be zero (e.g. caps and floors, swaptions). 535 Certain notional positions in zero-specific-risk securities do not attract specific risk, e.g. interest rate and currency swaps, FRAs, forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate futures and futures on an interest rate index. Similarly, options on such zero-specific-risk securities also bear no specific risk. For the purpose of this sub-paragraph – (a) the specific and general risk charges in respect of options on interest rate-related instruments shall be determined in accordance with Sub-division 1 of this Division; (b) the specific and general risk charges in respect of options on equities and equity indices shall be determined in accordance with Sub-division 2 of this Division; (c) the risk charge in respect of foreign currency and gold options shall be 8%; and (d) the risk charge in respect of options on commodities shall be 15%. 536 For options with a residual maturity of more than 6 months, the strike price should be compared with the forward, and not current, price. A Finance Company unable to do so shall take the in-the-money amount to be zero. 537A Where the position does not fall within the trading book (i.e. options on certain foreign exchange or commodities positions that do not belong to the trading book), it would be acceptable to use the book value instead. 537 An illustration on the calculation of the market risk capital requirement under the delta-plus method is set out in Annex 8K of this Part. 538 A Finance Company which trades in exotic options (e.g. barriers, digitals) shall use the scenario approach to calculate its market risk capital requirement for such options, unless it is able to demonstrate to the Authority that the delta-plus method is appropriate.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-28 Division for the purpose of calculating the specific risk and general market risk capital requirements 539; (b) calculating the capital requirement for gamma 540 risk of its option positions (including hedge positions) based on the options pricing model of the Finance Company, in accordance with paragraphs 8.2.52 to 8.2.55 below; (c) calculating the capital requirement for vega541 risk of its option positions (including hedge positions) based on the options pricing model of the Finance Company, in accordance with paragraph 8.2.56 below; and (d) summing the capital requirements determined in sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) above. 8.2.51 A Finance Company shall calculate its delta-weighted position for each option as follows: Delta-weighted Market value of the underlying position = financial instruments or X delta commodities 8.2.52 A Finance Company shall calculate the "gamma impact" for each individual option according to a Taylor series expansion as follows: Gamma impact = ½ x Gamma x (VU)² where VU = variation of the underlying financial instruments or commodities of the option 8.2.53 For the purposes of paragraph 8.2.52 above, a Finance Company shall calculate VU as follows: (a) for any interest rate-related option, the market value of the underlying interest rate-related instruments multiplied by the relevant general risk charge in Table 8C-2 of Annex 8C of this Part; (b) for any option on equities and equity indices, the market value of the underlying equities or equity indices multiplied by 8%; (c) for any foreign currency or gold option, the market value of the underlying currency or gold instruments multiplied by 8%; and 539 In the case of options on futures or forwards, the relevant underlying is that on which the future or forward is based (e.g. for a bought call option on a June 3-month bill future, the relevant underlying is the 3-month bill). Annex 8L of this Part illustrates how a Finance Company should determine delta-weighted positions for interest rate options for the purpose of calculating delta-weighted positions. 540 This measures the rate of change of delta. 541 This measures the sensitivity of the value of the option with respect to a change in volatility.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-29 (d) for any option on commodities, the market value of the underlying commodities multiplied by 15%. 8.2.54 A Finance Company shall treat the following positions as positions with the same underlying financial instruments or commodities for the purpose of calculating the gamma impact: (a) for interest rate-related instruments, positions under each time-band as set out in Table 8C-2 or Table 8C-3 of Annex 8C of this Part, depending on whether the Finance Company is using the maturity method or the duration method; (b) for equities and equity indices, positions in the same country portfolio; (c) for foreign currencies and gold, positions in the same currency pair and in gold; and (d) for commodities, positions in the same individual commodity as defined in paragraphs 8.2.41 and 8.2.42. 8.2.55 A Finance Company shall calculate its capital requirement for gamma risk by– (a) calculating the net gamma impact in respect of each underlying financial instrument or commodity by aggregating the individual gamma impacts for each option position in respect of that underlying financial instrument or commodity (which may be either positive or negative); and (b) aggregating the absolute value of the net gamma impacts that are negative. 8.2.56 A Finance Company shall calculate its capital requirement for vega risk by – (a) multiplying the sum of the vegas for all option positions in respect of the same underlying financial instrument or commodity, as defined in paragraph 8.2.54 above, by a proportional shift in volatility of ±25%; and (b) aggregating the absolute value of the individual capital requirements which have been calculated for vega risk. Scenario Approach542 8.2.57 A Finance Company shall obtain the prior approval of the Authority before using the scenario approach to calculate its market risk capital requirement for options.543 542 The scenario approach uses simulation techniques to calculate changes in the value of an option portfolio for changes in the level and volatility of the prices of its associated underlying instruments. 543 A Finance Company should take into account qualitative standards which are relevant given the nature of the business. These would include, among others, the relevant standards in paragraphs 718(Lxxiv) and 718(Lxxv) of the BCBS document “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards” (June 2006), as amended by the BCBS document “Revisions to the Basel II market risk framework (February 2011).

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-30 8.2.58 Under the scenario approach, a Finance Company shall exclude the positions in the options and the associated underlying financial instruments or commodities, cash or forward, from the requirements in Sub-divisions 1 to 4 of this Division for the purpose of calculating its general market risk capital requirements, and shall calculate the market risk capital requirements for those positions in accordance with paragraph 8.2.60 below. 8.2.59 A Finance Company applying the scenario approach shall analyse its option portfolios544 using a two-dimensional matrix545. The first dimension analyses the changes in the value of the option portfolio due to changes in the value of the underlying financial instruments or commodities within a specified range of the current value. The second dimension analyses the changes in value of the option portfolio due to changes in the volatility of the value of the underlying financial instruments or commodities within that range. 8.2.60 A Finance Company shall calculate its market risk capital requirement for options under the scenario approach by – (a) calculating the delta-weighted position of each position in accordance with paragraph 8.2.51 and adding these delta-weighted positions to the relevant risk category in Sub-divisions 1 to 4 of this Division for the purpose of calculating the specific risk capital requirement; (b) calculating the general market risk capital requirement by – (i) specifying, for each option portfolio, a fixed range of changes in the rate or price of the underlying financial instrument or commodity in accordance with paragraph 8.2.61. For all risk categories, at least seven observations (including the current observation) shall be used to divide the range into equally spaced intervals; (ii) specifying, for each option portfolio, a shift in the volatility of the rate or price of ±25%; (iii) revaluing each option portfolio for simultaneous changes in the rate or price of the underlying financial instrument or commodity and in the volatility of that rate or price; and (iv) aggregating the absolute value of the largest loss computed in each option portfolio matrix; and (c) summing the capital requirements determined in sub-paragraph (b)(iv) above. 8.2.61 A Finance Company shall use the following specified range of changes in the rate or price of the underlying financial instruments or commodities: 544 Option portfolios include options and any related hedging positions grouped together according to their underlying financial instruments or commodities as defined in paragraph 8.2.54. 545 A Finance Company shall set up a different matrix for each individual underlying financial instrument or commodity as defined in paragraph 8.2.54. An example is set out in Annex 8M of this Part.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-31 (a) for interest rates, the range shall be ± the relevant assumed change in yield in Table 8C-2 of Annex 8C of this Part; (b) for equities, the range shall be ±8%; (c) for foreign exchange and gold, the range shall be ±8%; and (d) for commodities, the range shall be ± 15%. 8.2.62 Subject to the approval of the Authority, a Finance Company which has significant positions in interest rate options may analyse the changes in its interest rate option portfolio using a minimum of six sets of time-bands. A Finance Company using this approach shall not combine more than three of the time-bands as defined in Table 8C-2 of Annex 8C of this Part into any one set. The applicable yield for each set of time-bands shall be the highest of the assumed changes in yield applicable to the group to which the time-bands belong.546 8.2.63 Notwithstanding the parameters prescribed in paragraphs 8.2.60(b)(i) and (ii), the Authority may require a Finance Company to use a different change in rate ,price, or volatility, or to calculate intermediate points on the matrix. 546 For example, if the time-bands of 3 to 4 years, 4 to 5 years and 5 to 7 years are combined, the highest assumed change in yield of these three time-bands would be 0.75.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-32 Annex 8A DERIVATION OF NOTIONAL POSITIONS FOR INTEREST RATE-RELATED DERIVATIVES Futures Contracts or Forwards on Debt Security 1.1 A Finance Company should treat a purchased (sold) futures contract or forward on a single debt security as – (a) a notional long (short) position in the underlying debt security (or the cheapest to deliver, taking into account the conversion factor, where the contract can be satisfied by delivery of one from a range of securities); and (b) a notional short (long) position in a zero coupon zero-specific-risk security with a maturity equal to the expiry date of the futures contract or forward. Futures Contracts or Forwards on a Basket or Index of Debt Securities 1.2 A Finance Company should convert a futures contract or forward on a basket or index of debt securities into forwards on single debt securities as follows: (a) in the case of a single currency basket or index of debt securities – (i) a series of forwards, one for each of the constituent debt securities in the basket or index, of an amount which is a proportionate part of the total underlying instruments of the contract according to the weighting of the relevant debt security in the basket or index; or (ii) a single forward on a hypothetical debt security; or (b) in the case of multiple currency baskets or indices of debt securities – (i) a series of forwards (using the method described in sub-paragraph (a)(i) above); or (ii) a series of forwards, each one on a hypothetical debt security to represent one of the currencies in the basket or index, of an amount which is a proportionate part of the total underlying instruments of the contract according to the weighting of the relevant currency in the basket or index, and treat the resulting positions according to paragraph 1.1 of this Annex. 1.3 A Finance Company should assign the hypothetical debt security in paragraph 1.2(a)(ii) a specific risk charge and a general market risk charge equal to the highest that would apply to the debt securities in the basket or index, even if they relate to different debt securities and regardless of the proportion of those debt securities in the basket or index.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-33 Interest Rate Futures and FRAs 1.4 A Finance Company should treat a short (long) interest rate futures contract or a long (short) FRA as – (a) a notional short (long) position in a zero coupon zero-specific-risk security with a maturity equal to the sum of the period to expiry of the futures contract or settlement date of the FRA and the maturity of the borrowing or deposit; and (b) a notional long (short) position in a zero coupon zero-specific-risk security with maturity equal to the period to expiry of the futures contract or settlement date of the FRA. Interest Rate Swaps or Foreign Exchange Swaps 1.5 A Finance Company should treat interest rate swaps or foreign exchange swaps547 as two notional positions as follows – Notional position 1 Notional position 2 Finance Company receives fixed and pays floating A short position in a zero￾specific-risk security with a coupon equal to the floating rate and a maturity equal to the reset date. A long position in a zero￾specific-risk security with a coupon equal to the fixed rate of the swap and a maturity equal to the maturity of the swap. Finance Company receives floating and pays fixed A short position in a zero￾specific-risk security with a coupon equal to the fixed rate of the swap and a maturity equal to the maturity of the swap. A long position in a zero￾specific-risk security with a coupon equal to the floating rate and a maturity equal to the reset date. Finance Company receives and pays floating A short position in a zero￾specific-risk security with a coupon equal to the floating rate and a maturity equal to the reset date. A long position in a zero￾specific-risk security with a coupon equal to the floating rate and a maturity equal to the reset date. 547 For a foreign exchange swap, the two notional zero-specific-risk securities would be denominated in different currencies.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-34 Annex 8B TREATMENT OF CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN THE TRADING BOOK Credit Default Swaps 1.1 A Finance Company that is a protection seller (buyer) should treat its position in a credit default swap as – (a) for the purpose of calculating the general market risk capital requirement where any periodic premiums or interest payments are due under the swap, a notional long (short) position in a zero-specific-risk security with a coupon equal to the appropriate fixed or floating rate and a maturity equal to the expiry date of the swap or the date on which the interest rate will be reset respectively; and (b) for the purpose of calculating the specific risk capital requirement, a notional long (short) position in the reference obligation, or where the swap is a qualifying debt security, a long (short) position in the swap, with a maturity equal to the expiry date of the swap. Total Rate of Return Swaps 1.2 A Finance Company that is a protection seller (buyer) should treat its position in a total rate of return swap as – (a) for the purpose of calculating the general market risk capital requirement – (i) a notional long (short) position in the reference obligation with a maturity equal to the expiry date of the swap; and (ii) where any periodic premiums or interest payments are due under the swap, a notional short (long) position in a zero-specific-risk security with a coupon equal to the appropriate fixed or floating rate and a maturity equal to the expiry date of the swap or the date on which the interest rate will be reset respectively; and (b) for the purpose of calculating the specific risk capital requirement, a notional long (short) position in the reference obligation with a maturity equal to the expiry date of the swap. Credit Linked Notes 1.3 A Finance Company that is a protection seller should treat its position in a credit linked note as – (a) for the purpose of calculating the general market risk capital requirement, a long position in the note issuer with a coupon equal to the appropriate

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-35 fixed or floating rate and a maturity equal to the expiry date of the note or the date on which the interest rate will be reset respectively; and (b) for the purpose of calculating the specific risk capital requirement – (i) in the case where the credit linked note is a qualifying debt security, a long position in the note issuer with a coupon equal to the appropriate fixed or floating rate and a maturity equal to the expiry date of the note or the date on which the interest rate will be reset respectively; and (ii) in the case where the credit linked note is not a qualifying debt security, a long position in the note issuer with a coupon equal to the appropriate fixed or floating rate and a maturity equal to the expiry date of the note or the date on which the interest rate will be reset respectively, and either – (A) for a single name credit linked note, a notional long position in the reference obligation with a maturity equal to the expiry date of the note; or (B) for a multiple name credit linked note providing proportional protection, a notional long position in each of the reference obligations according to their respective proportions specified in the note. 1.4 A Finance Company that is a protection buyer should treat its position in a credit linked note as – (a) for the purpose of calculating the general market risk capital requirement, a short position in the note issuer with a coupon equal to the appropriate fixed or floating rate and a maturity equal to the expiry date of the note or the date on which the interest rate will be reset respectively; and (b) for the purpose of calculating the specific risk capital requirement – (i) in the case where the credit linked note is a qualifying debt security, a short position in the note issuer with a coupon equal to the appropriate fixed or floating rate and a maturity equal to the expiry date of the note or the date on which the interest rate will be reset respectively; and (ii) in the case where the credit linked note is not a qualifying debt security, either – (A) for a single name credit linked note, a notional short position in the reference obligation with a maturity equal to the expiry date of the note; or (B) for a multiple name credit linked note providing proportional protection, a notional short position in each of the reference

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-36 obligations according to their respective proportions specified in the note. First-to-default Credit Derivatives 1.5 A Finance Company that is a protection seller (buyer) should treat its position in a first-to-default credit derivative as – (a) for the purpose of calculating the general market risk capital requirement where any periodic premiums or interest payments are due under the credit derivative, a notional long (short) position in a zero-specific-risk security with a coupon equal to the appropriate fixed or floating rate and a maturity equal to the expiry date of the credit derivative or the date on which the interest rate will be reset respectively; (b) for the purpose of calculating the specific risk capital requirement - (i) in the case where the credit derivative is rated by a recognised ECAI, the protection seller (buyer) should treat the position as a long (short) position in the credit derivative548; and (ii) in all other cases, long (short) positions in each of the reference obligations in the contract, with the specific risk capital requirement for the contract capped at the maximum payout possible under the contract. 1.6 Where a Finance Company holds a risk position in one of the reference obligations underlying a first-to-default credit derivative, and this credit derivative hedges the risk position, the Finance Company may reduce with respect to the hedged amount both the specific risk capital charge for the reference obligation and that part of the specific risk capital charge for the credit derivative that relates to this particular reference obligation. Where a Finance Company holds multiple risk positions in reference obligations underlying a first-to-default credit derivative, this offset is only allowed for that underlying reference obligation having the lowest specific risk capital charge. N-th-to-default Credit Derivatives (with N greater than 1) 1.7 A Finance Company that is a protection seller (buyer) should treat its position in an n-th-to-default credit derivative with n greater than 1 as – (a) for the purpose of calculating the general market risk capital requirement where any periodic premiums or interest payments are due under the credit derivative, a notional long (short) position in a zero-specific-risk security with a coupon equal to the appropriate fixed or floating rate and a maturity equal to the expiry date of the credit derivative or the date on which the interest rate will be reset respectively; 548 For such positions, the respective specific risk capital requirements for securitisation exposures as specified in paragraph 8.2.13(a) of this Part shall apply.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-37 (b) for the purpose of calculating the specific risk capital requirement - (i) in the case where the credit derivative is rated by a recognised ECAI, the protection seller (buyer) should treat the position as a long (short) position in the credit derivative549; and (ii) in all other cases, long (short) positions in each of the reference obligations in the contract but disregarding the (n-1) obligations with the lowest specific risk capital charges, with the specific risk capital requirement capped at the maximum payout possible under the contract. 1.8 For n-th-to-default credit derivatives with n greater than 1, no offset of the specific risk capital charges with any underlying reference obligation is allowed. 1.9 The capital charge against each net n-th-to-default credit derivative position (including first-to-default credit derivative positions) applies irrespective of whether the Finance Company provides or obtains protection. Summary of Treatment of Credit Derivatives in the Trading Book Protection seller Protection buyer Credit default swap General market risk Long position in a zero-specific-risk security if there are any payments that are due Short position in a zero-specific-risk security if there are any premiums or interest payments to be paid Specific risk Long position in the reference obligation, or long position in the swap if it is a qualifying debt security Short position in the reference obligation, or short position in the swap if it is a qualifying debt security Total rate of return swap General market risk Long position in the reference obligation, and short position in a zero-specific-risk security if there are any payments that are due Short position in the reference obligation, and long position in a zero-specific-risk security if there are any premiums or interest payments to be paid Specific risk Long position in the reference obligation Short position in the reference obligation Credit linked notes General market risk Long position in the note issuer Short position in the note issuer Specific risk Long position in the note issuer and long position in the reference obligations, or long position in the note issuer if it is a qualifying debt security Short position in the reference obligations, or short position in the note issuer if it is a qualifying debt security First-to￾default General market risk Long position in a zero-specific-risk security if there are any payments that are due Short position in a zero-specific-risk security if there are any premiums or interest payments to be paid 549 For such positions, the respective specific risk capital requirements for securitisation exposures as specified in paragraph 8.2.13(a) of this Part shall apply.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-38 Protection seller Protection buyer Specific risk Long position in each of the reference obligations with the specific risk capital requirement capped at the maximum payout possible, or long position in the credit derivative if it is rated by a recognised ECAI. Offsets for capital charges from exposures to underlying reference obligations allowed under certain conditions. Short position in each of the reference obligations with the specific risk capital requirement capped at the maximum payout possible Offsets for capital charges from exposures to underlying reference obligations allowed under certain conditions. N-th-to￾default General market risk Long position in a zero-specific-risk security if there are any payments that are due Short position in a zero-specific-risk security if there are any premiums or interest payments to be paid Specific risk Long position in each of the reference obligations with the specific risk capital requirement capped at the maximum payout possible, or long position in the credit derivative if it is rated by a recognised ECAI. Offsets for capital charges from exposures to any underlying reference credit instrument not allowed. Short position in each of the reference obligations with the specific risk capital requirement capped at the maximum payout possible. Offsets for capital charges from exposures to any underlying reference credit instrument not allowed.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-39 Annex 8C APPLICABLE RISK CHARGES OR MATCHING FACTORS FOR CALCULATION OF SPECIFIC RISK AND GENERAL MARKET RISK CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SA(MR) Table 8C-1 – Specific Risk Capital Requirement - Specific Risk Charges for Positions not covered under SA(SE) Category Credit Quality Grade as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII Residual term to final maturity Specific risk charge Government550 1 N.A. 0.00% 2 or 3 6 months or less 0.25% more than 6 and up to and including 24 months 1.00% more than 24 months 1.60% 4 or 5 N.A. 8.00% 6 N.A. 12.00% Unrated N.A. 8.00% Qualifying551 6 months or less 0.25% more than 6 and up to and including 24 months 1.00% 550 The “government” category includes – (a) all forms of government-issued securities, including bonds, treasury bills and other short-term instruments; and (b) securities issued by PSEs which qualify for a 0% risk charge under the SA(CR). An exposure to any security issued by – (i) the Government or the Authority; or (ii) other central governments with a credit quality grade of “3” or better as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII, which is denominated in the domestic currency and funded by the Finance Company in the same currency shall be assigned a 0% specific risk charge. The Authority may, at its discretion, assign a higher risk charge other than the above to securities issued by certain governments, especially in cases where the securities are denominated in a currency other than that of the issuing government. 551 The “qualifying” category includes – (a) any security that is issued by an MDB; (b) any security issued by a PSE which has a credit quality grade of “3” or better as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII or any unrated security issued by a PSE which belongs to a country with a credit quality grade of “1” as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII; (c) any security which has a credit quality grade of “3” or better as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII, from external credit assessments by at least two recognised ECAIs; and (d) subject to supervisory monitoring, any security which has a credit grade quality of “3” or better as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII. Where a security has more than one external credit assessment and these map into different credit quality grades, paragraph 7.3.4 shall apply.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-40 Category Credit Quality Grade as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII Residual term to final maturity Specific risk charge more than 24 months 1.60% Others552 4 N.A. 8.00% 5 or 6 N.A. 12.00% Unrated N.A. 8.00% 552 For securities which have a high yield to redemption relative to government debt securities issued in the same country, the Authority will have the discretion – (a) to apply a higher specific risk charge to such instruments; and/or (b) to disallow offsetting for the purpose of defining the extent of general market risk between such instruments and any other debt instruments.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-41 Table 8C-1A – Specific Risk Capital Requirement – Specific Risk Charges for Positions covered under the SA(SE) Credit Quality Grade553 1 to 2 3 to 5 6 to 8 9 to 11 12 or unrated Credit Quality Grade554 I II III IV or unrated Specific Risk Charge Securitisation Exposures 1.60% 4.00% 8.00% 28.00% Deduction555 Resecuritisation Exposures 3.20% 8.00% 18.00% 52.00% Deduction556 553 Refer to Table 7R-3 of Annex 7R of Part VII. A Finance Company may use the external credit assessments of a recognised ECAI only if paragraphs 7.6.17 and 7.6.18 of Part VII are met. 554 Refer to Table 7R-4 of Annex 7R of Part VII. A Finance Company may use the external credit assessments of a recognised ECAI only if paragraphs 7.6.17 and 7.6.18 of Part VII are met. 555 Deduction means Deductions from Total Capital. For unrated positions, a Finance Company shall include as Deductions from Total Capital the securitisation or resecuritisation exposures, with the exception of the circumstances described in paragraphs 7.6.21 to 7.6.26 of Part VII.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-42 Table 8C-2 – General Market Risk Capital Requirement - Maturity Bands, General Risk Charges and Assumed Changes in Yield for the Maturity Method Maturity Band Coupon 3% or more Coupon less than 3% General Risk Charge Assumed change in yield Zone 1 1 Up to 1 month Up to 1 month 0.00% 1.00 2 More than 1 month but not more than 3 months More than 1 month but not more than 3 months 0.20% 1.00 3 More than 3 months but not more than 6 months More than 3 months but not more than 6 months 0.40% 1.00 4 More than 6 months but not more than 12 months More than 6 months but not more than 12 months 0.70% 1.00 Zone 2 5 More than 1 year but not more than 2 years More than 1.0 year but not more than 1.9 years 1.25% 0.90 6 More than 2 years but not more than 3 years More than 1.9 years but not more than 2.8 years 1.75% 0.80 7 More than 3 years but not more than 4 years More than 2.8 years but not more than 3.6 years 2.25% 0.75 Zone 3 8 More than 4 years but not more than 5 years More than 3.6 years but not more than 4.3 years 2.75% 0.75 9 More than 5 years but not more than 7 years More than 4.3 years but not more than 5.7 years 3.25% 0.70 10 More than 7 years but not more than 10 years More than 5.7 years but not more than 7.3 years 3.75% 0.65 11 More than 10 years but not more than 15 years More than 7.3 years but not more than 9.3 years 4.50% 0.60 12 More than 15 years but not more than 20 years More than 9.3 years but not more than 10.6 years 5.25% 0.60 13 More than 20 years More than 10.6 years but not more than 12 years 6.00% 0.60 14 More than 12 years but not more than 20 years 8.00% 0.60 15 More than 20 years 12.50% 0.60

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-43 Table 8C-3 – General Market Risk Capital Requirement - Duration Bands and Assumed Changes in Yield for the Duration Method Duration Band Assumed change in yield Zone 1 1 Up to 1 month 1.00 2 More than 1 month but not more than 3 months 1.00 3 More than 3 months but not more than 6 months 1.00 4 More than 6 months but not more than 12 months 1.00 Zone 2 5 More than 1.0 year but not more than 1.9 years 0.90 6 More than 1.9 years but not more than 2.8 years 0.80 7 More than 2.8 years but not more than to 3.6 years 0.75 Zone 3 8 More than 3.6 years but not more than 4.3 years 0.75 9 More than 4.3 years but not more than 5.7 years 0.70 10 More than 5.7 years but not more than 7.3 years 0.65 11 More than 7.3 years but not more than 9.3 years 0.60 12 More than 9.3 years but not more than 10.6 years 0.60 13 More than 10.6 years but not more than 12 years 0.60 14 More than 12 years but not more than 20 years 0.60 15 More than 20 years 0.60 Table 8C-4 – General Market Risk Capital Requirement - Matching Factors for the Maturity and Duration Methods Maturity Band Matching Factor Duration Band Matching Factor 10% 5% Zone Zone Matching Factor Adjacent Zone Matching Factor Non-adjacent Zone Matching Factor 1 40% 2 30% 40% 100% 3 30%

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-44 Annex 8D ILLUSTRATION ON THE CALCULATION OF THE GENERAL MARKET RISK CAPITAL REQUIREMENT FOR INTEREST RATE RISK UNDER THE MATURITY METHOD 1.1 A Finance Company may have the following positions: (a) a qualifying bond, $13.33 million market value, remaining maturity 8 years, coupon 8%; (b) a government bond, $75 million market value, remaining maturity 2 months, coupon 7%; (c) an interest rate swap, $150 million, in respect of which the Finance Company receives floating rate interest and pays fixed, next interest fixing after 9 months, remaining life of swap is 8 years (assume the current interest rate is identical to the one on which the swap is based); and (d) a long position in an interest rate future, $50 million, delivery date after 6 months, life of underlying government security is 3.5 years (assume the current interest rate is identical to the one on which the interest rate future is based). 1.2 Assume that all the coupons or interest rates are more than 3%. A Finance Company should record these instruments as positions in a maturity slotting table and apply risk charges to them in accordance with Table 8C-2 of Annex 8C. 1.3 A Finance Company should calculate the maturity band requirement by multiplying the total amount matched within each maturity band by the maturity band matching factor of 10%. In this example, there are partially offsetting long and short positions in the 10th maturity band, the matched amount of which is equal to $500,000. This results in a vertical disallowance of $50,000. 1.4 A Finance Company should then calculate its horizontal disallowances comprising – (a) the zone requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched within each zone by the corresponding zone matching factor in Table 8C-4 of Annex 8C. In this example, a zone requirement would be calculated for Zone 1 amounting to 40% of the total matched amount of $200,000. This results in a horizontal disallowance within the zones of $80,000. There is no zone requirement if offsetting does not occur within a zone; (b) the adjacent zone requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched between adjacent zones by the adjacent zone factor in Table 8C-4 of Annex 8C. In this example, the following positions remain unmatched after sub￾paragraph (a) above: Zone 1 +$1,000,000, Zone 2 +$1,125,000, Zone 3 - $5,125,000. The adjacent zone matching factor of 40% would apply to the matched amount of $1,125,000 between Zones 2 and 3. This results in a horizontal disallowance between adjacent zones of $450,000; and

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-45 (c) the non-adjacent zone requirement, by multiplying the total amount matched between Zones 1 and 3. In this example, the following positions remain unmatched after sub-paragraph (b) above: Zone 1 +$1,000,000, Zone 3 -$4,000,000. The non-adjacent zone factor of 100% would apply to the matched amount of $1,000,000 resulting in a horizontal disallowance between Zones 1 and 3 of $1,000,000. 1.5 Finally, the Finance Company should calculate a net position requirement for the residual unmatched amount. In this example this amounts to $3,000,000. 1.6 The general market risk capital requirement is the sum of the maturity band requirement, the zone requirement, the adjacent zone requirement, the non-adjacent zone requirement and the net position requirement. In this example, the general market risk capital requirement would be $50,000 + $80,000 + $450,000 + $1,000,000 + $3,000,000 = $4,580,000.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-46 Tabular Illustration ($million) Zone 1 (months) Zone 2 (years) Zone 3 (years) Maturity Band 0-1 1-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2-3 3-4 4-5 5-7 7-10 10-15 15-20 > 20 Position +75 Gov. -50 Fut. +150 Swap +50 Fut. -150 Swap +13.33 Qual. General risk charge (%) 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.70 1.25 1.75 2.25 2.75 3.25 3.75 4.50 5.25 6.00 Risk-charged position +0.15 -0.2 +1.05 +1.125 -5.625 +0.5 Vertical (Para 1.3) 0.5 x 10% = 0.05 Horizontal (Para 1.4(a)) 0.2 x 40% = 0.08 Horizontal (Para 1.4(b)) 1.125 x 40% = 0.45 Horizontal (Para 1.4(c)) 1.0 x 100%

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-47 Annex 8E DERIVATION OF NOTIONAL POSITIONS FOR EQUITY DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS Depository Receipts 1.1 A Finance Company should treat a depository receipt as a notional position in the underlying equity. Convertibles 1.2 Where a Finance Company includes a convertible financial instrument in the equity position risk calculation, it should – (a) treat the convertible financial instrument as a notional position in the equity into which it converts; and (b) adjust its equity position risk by making – (i) an addition equal to the current value of any loss which the Finance Company would make if it did convert to equity; or (ii) a deduction equal to the current value of any profit which the Finance Company would make if it did convert to equity (subject to a maximum reduction equal to the equity position risk on the notional position underlying the convertible financial instrument). Futures Contracts, Forwards and Contract for Differences (“CFD”)556 on a Single Equity 1.3 A Finance Company should treat a futures contract, forward or CFD on a single equity as a notional position in that equity. Futures Contracts, Forwards and CFDs on Equity Indices or Baskets 1.4 A Finance Company should treat a futures contract, forward or CFD on an equity index or basket as either – (a) a notional position in each of the underlying equities with a value reflecting that equity's contribution to the total market value of the equities in the index or basket; or (b) if there is – 556 Any interest rate risk arising from a futures contract, forward or contract for difference should be reported as set out in Sub-division 1 of Division 2.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-48 (i) one country in the index or basket, a notional position in the index or basket with a value equal to the total market value of the equities in the index or basket; or (ii) more than one country in the index or basket – (A) several notional basket positions, one for each country basket with a value reflecting that country's contribution to the total market value of the equities in the index or basket; or (B) one notional basket position in a separate, hypothetical country with a value equal to the total market value of the equities in the index or basket. Equity Swaps 1.5 A Finance Company should treat an equity swap where the Finance Company is receiving an amount based on the change in value of a single equity or equity index and paying an amount based on the change in value of another equity or equity index as a notional long position in the former and a notional short position in the latter.557 557 Where one of the legs involves receiving/paying a fixed or floating interest rate, that exposure shall be slotted into the appropriate re-pricing time-band for interest rate risk as set out in Sub-division 1 of Division 2 of Part VIII.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-49 Annex 8F QUALIFYING EQUITY INDICES 1.1 A “qualifying equity index” means an index listed in the table below: Qualifying equity indices Australia S&P/ASX 200 Index Canada S&P/TSX Composite Index Europe STOXX Europe 50 Index Euro STOXX 50 Index France CAC 40 Index Germany DAX Index Hong Kong Hang Seng China Enterprises Index Hang Seng Index Italy FTSE MIB Index Japan Nikkei 225 Malaysia FTSE Bursa Malaysia KLCI Index Netherlands AEX Index Singapore MSCI Singapore Free Index FTSE Straits Times Index South Korea KOSPI 200 Index Sweden OMX Stockholm 30 Index Taiwan MSCI Taiwan Index United Kingdom FTSE 100 Index United States of America S&P 500 Index Dow Jones Industrial Average and any index that is approved by the Authority on an exceptional basis.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-50 Annex 8G DERIVATION OF NOTIONAL POSITIONS FOR FOREIGN CURRENCY AND GOLD DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS Foreign Exchange Forwards, Futures Contracts, Contract for Differences (“CFD”s) 1.1 A Finance Company should treat a foreign exchange forward, futures contract or CFD as two notional currency positions: (a) a long notional position in the currency which the Finance Company has contracted to buy; and (b) a short notional position in the currency which the Finance Company has contracted to sell, where each notional position has a value equal to the present value558 of the amount of each currency to be exchanged in the case of a forward or futures contract. Foreign Exchange Swaps 1.2 A Finance Company should treat a foreign exchange swap as – (a) a long notional position in the currency which the Finance Company has contracted to receive interest and principal; and (b) a short notional position in the currency which the Finance Company has contracted to pay interest and principal, where each notional position has a value equal to the present value amount of all cash flows in the relevant currency. Gold Forwards, Futures Contract and CFDs 1.3 A Finance Company should treat a forward, futures contract or CFD on gold as a notional position in gold with a value equal to the amount of gold underlying the contract multiplied by the current spot price for gold, except in the case of a forward where the Finance Company, in accordance with industry norms, may use the net present value of each position, discounted using prevailing interest rates and valued at prevailing spot rates. 558 This is normally equal to the amount underlying the contract multiplied by the current spot price, except in the case of a forward where the Finance Company, in accordance with industry norms, may use the net present value of each position, discounted using prevailing interest rates and valued at prevailing spot rates.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-51 Annex 8H DERIVATION OF NOTIONAL POSITIONS FOR COMMODITY DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS Futures Contract, Forwards and Contract for Differences (“CFD”s) on a Single Commodity559 1.1 A Finance Company should treat a forward, futures contract or CFD on a single commodity which settles according to the difference between the price set on trade date and that prevailing at the maturity date of the contract as a notional position equal to the total quantity of the commodity underlying the contract that has a maturity equal to the expiry date of the contract. Commitment to Buy or Sell a Single Commodity at an Average of Spot Prices Prevailing in the Future 1.2 A Finance Company should treat a commitment to buy (sell) at the average spot price of a single commodity prevailing over some period between trade date and maturity date as a combination of – (a) a long (short) position equal to the total quantity of the commodity underlying the contract with a maturity equal to the maturity date of the contract; and (b) a series of short (long) notional positions, one for each of the reference dates where the contract price remains unfixed, each of which is a fractional share of the total quantity of the commodity underlying the contract and has a maturity equal to the relevant reference date. Futures contract and CFDs on a Commodity Index 1.3 A Finance Company should treat a futures contract or CFD on a commodity index which settles according to the difference between the price set on trade date and that prevailing at the maturity date of the contract as either – (a) a single notional commodity position (separate from all other commodities) equal to the total quantity of the commodities underlying the contract that has a maturity equal to the maturity date of the contract; or (b) a series of notional positions, one for each of the constituent commodities in the index, each of which is a proportionate part of the total quantity of the commodities underlying the contract according to the weighting of the relevant commodity in the index and has a maturity equal to the maturity date of the contract. 559 Where a commodity is part of a futures contract, forward or CFD, any interest rate or foreign exchange risk from the other leg of the contract shall be reported as set out in Sub-divisions 1 and 3 of Division 2.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-52 Commodity Swaps 1.4 A Finance Company should treat a commodity swap560 as a series of notional positions, one for each payment under the swap, each of which equals the total quantity of the commodity underlying the contract, has a maturity equal to the payment date and is long or short as follows: Receiving amounts unrelated to any commodity’s price Receiving the price of commodity ‘b’ Paying amounts unrelated to any commodity’s price N.A. Long positions in commodity ‘b’ Paying the price of commodity ‘a’ Short positions in commodity ‘a’ Short positions in commodity ‘a’ and long positions in commodity ‘b’ 560 Where one of the legs involves receiving/paying a fixed or floating interest rate, that exposure shall be slotted into the appropriate re-pricing time-band for interest rate risk as set out in Sub-division 1 of Division 2.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-53 Annex 8I ILLUSTRATION ON THE CALCULATION OF THE MARKET RISK CAPITAL REQUIREMENT FOR COMMODITY RISK UNDER THE MATURITY LADDER APPROACH Assuming that a Finance Company has the following positions in the same commodity which are converted at current spot rates into Singapore dollar, the total market risk capital requirement should be calculated as follows: Time-band Position Spread Capital calculation Up to 1 month 1.5% More than 1 month but not more than-3 months 1.5% More than 3 months but not more than6 months Long $800 Short $1000 1.5% (1) 800 long + 800 short (matched) Spread charge = $1,6001.5% = $24 (2) 200 short carried forward to 1-2 years Carry charge = $2000.6%2 = $2.40 More than 6 months but not more than12 months 1.5% More than 1 year but not more-2 years Long $600 1.5% (2) 200 long + 200 short (matched) Spread charge = $4001.5% = $6 (3) 400 long carried forward to over 3 years Carry charge = $4000.6%2 = $4.80 More than 2 years but not more than-3 years 1.5% More than 3 years Short $600 1.5% (3) 400 long + 400 short (matched) Spread charge = $8001.5% = $12 (4) Net position = 200 Outright charge = $20015% = $30 (5) Total market risk capital requirement = $79.20

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-54 Annex 8J ILLUSTRATION ON THE CALCULATION OF THE MARKET RISK CAPITAL REQUIREMENT FOR OPTIONS UNDER THE SIMPLIFIED APPROACH 1.1 Assume a Finance Company holds 100 shares currently valued at $10 each and an equivalent put option with a strike price of $11, the market risk capital requirement would be $60: $1,000 x 16% (i.e., 8% specific risk + 8% general market risk) = $160, less the amount the option is in the money ($11 - $10) x 100 = $100. 1.2 A similar methodology applies for options whose underlying exposure or financial instrument is a foreign currency, an interest rate-related instrument or a commodity.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-55 Annex 8K ILLUSTRATION ON THE CALCULATION OF THE MARKET RISK CAPITAL REQUIREMENT FOR OPTIONS UNDER THE DELTA-PLUS METHOD 1.1 Assume a Finance Company has an European short call option on a commodity with an exercise price of 490 and a market value of the underlying commodity 12 months from the expiration of the option at 500; a risk-free interest rate at 8% per annum, and the volatility at 20%. The current delta for this position is according to the Black-Scholes formula -0.721 (i.e. the price of the option changes by -0.721 if the price of the underlying exposures or financial instruments moves by one). The gamma is -0.0034 (i.e. the delta changes by -0.0034 (from -0.721 to -0.7244) if the price of the underlying commodity moves by one). The current value of the option is 65.48. 1.2 The following example shows how the market risk capital requirement will be calculated according to the delta-plus method: (a) The first step under the delta-plus method is to calculate the delta-weighted position by multiplying the current market value of the commodity by the absolute value of the delta. 500 x 0.721 = 360.5 (b) The delta-weighted position is incorporated into the measure described in Sub￾division 4 on Commodity Risk. If the Finance Company uses the maturity ladder approach and no other positions exist, the delta-weighted position has to be multiplied by the outright charge of 15% to calculate the capital requirement for delta. 360.5 x 0.15 = 54.075 (c) The capital requirement for gamma is calculated in accordance with paragraphs 8.2.52 to 8.2.55 of Part VIII. 1/2 x 0.0034 x (500 x 0.15)² = 9.5625 (d) The capital requirement for vega risk is calculated. The assumed current (implied) volatility is 20%. As only an increase in volatility carries a risk of loss for a short call option, the volatility has to be increased by a relative shift of 25%. This means that the vega risk capital requirement has to be calculated on the basis of a change in volatility of 5% from 20% to 25% in this example. According to the Black-Scholes formula used, the vega risk equals 168. Thus a 1% or 0.01 increase in volatility increases the value of the option by 1.68. Accordingly a change in volatility of 5% increases the value by 5 x 1.68 = 8.4 which is the capital requirement for vega risk. (e) The market risk capital requirement in this example would be 54.075 + 9.5625 + 8.4 = 72.0375.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-56 Annex 8L DETERMINING DELTA-WEIGHTED POSITIONS FOR INTEREST RATE OPTIONS 1.1 In the case of a bought call option on a June 3-month interest rate future, the option will in April be considered to be a long position with a maturity of 5 months and a short position with a maturity of 2 months. A written option will similarly be entered as a long position with a maturity of 2 months and a short position with a maturity of 5 months. Both positions should be delta-weighted. 1.2 A 2-month call option on a 10-year bond future where delivery of the bond takes place in September would be considered in April as a long bond position with a maturity of 10 years 5 months and a short 5 months deposit. Both positions should be delta￾weighted. 1.3 Caps and floors will be treated as a series of European-style options. For example, the buyer of a 2-year cap with semi-annual resets and a cap rate of 15% should treat the cap as a series of bought call options on a FRA with a reference rate of 15%, each with a negative sign at the maturity date of the underlying FRA and a positive sign at the settlement date of the underlying FRA.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-57 Annex 8M EXAMPLE OF MATRICES FOR ANALYSING OPTION PORTFOLIOS UNDER THE SCENARIO APPROACH A Finance Company has purchased and sold options on interest rates, and options to purchase Japanese Yen and sell USD. The Finance Company may use the scenario approach to calculate the general market risk of these option portfolios by calculating the following matrices: (a) Options on instruments maturing up to 3 months Repeat the interest rate matrix above for each of the maturity bands. (b) Options on Japanese Yen/USD exchange rate Exchange rate Volatility

• 8% - 5.33% - 2.67% Current exchange rate

• 2.67% + 5.33% + 8% +25% gain/loss Current % volatility gain/loss market value gain/loss -25% gain/loss Yield Volatility

• 100 basis points
• 66 basis points
• 33 basis points Current yield

• 33 basis points
• 66 basis points
• 100 basis points +25% gain/loss Current % volatility gain/loss market value gain/loss -25% gain/loss

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-58 Annex 8N STANDARDS FOR A PRUDENT VALUATION FRAMEWORK 1.1 This Annex sets out the standards for valuing positions in financial instruments and commodities for the purposes of calculating credit risk capital requirements under Part VII and market risk capital requirements under Part VIII. The standards are applicable to the valuation of financial instruments and commodities that are accounted for at fair value, whether they are recorded in the trading book or the banking book of a Finance Company. 1.1A These standards are especially important for positions without actual market prices or observable inputs to valuation, as well as less liquid positions which raise supervisory concerns about prudent valuation. The standards are not intended to require a Finance Company to change valuation procedures for financial reporting purposes. 1.2 A Finance Company shall implement these standards in a manner commensurate with the market risks it assumes. However, the Authority may require a Finance Company to adopt particular sections of the standards where the market risks taken by the Finance Company render certain practices espoused by the standards essential for effective risk management. 1.3 The Authority will review the implementation of these standards by a Finance Company to assess the quality of its risk management systems, including assess whether the Finance Company has taken appropriate valuation adjustments for regulatory purposes under paragraphs 1.19A to 1.21 of this Annex. The degree of consistency between the Finance Company’s valuation procedures and these standards will be a factor in the Authority’s assessment of whether the Finance Company must take a valuation adjustment for regulatory purposes under paragraphs 1.19A to 1.21 of this Annex. Governance Structure 1.4 A Finance Company shall have in place a clear and delineated governance structure that will facilitate the setting, implementation and review of its policies and procedures on valuation. This shall include the following key elements: (a) approval by the Board for the overall valuation framework for positions of the Finance Company; (b) periodic review by the Board on the valuation framework to ensure it remains appropriate, especially if any major acquisition, disposal or business changes have occurred; (c) approval by the Board on all significant changes to a Finance Company’s valuation policies and procedures; (d) significant involvement by senior management of a Finance Company in the design and implementation of the controls and methodologies within the approved valuation framework; and

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-59 (e) proper oversight by senior management on any significant breach of valuation policies and other significant issues arising from the valuation process. All breaches of valuation policies and issues arising from the valuation process, and the actions taken, should be duly documented. Policies, Systems and Controls 1.5 A Finance Company shall ensure that its senior management establishes and maintains adequate policies, systems and controls that will give the Board and the Authority the confidence that its valuation methodologies are robust and reliable. Where applicable, a Finance Company shall apply a measured, but not excessive, degree of prudence especially when valuing its positions using internally developed models. 1.6 A Finance Company shall maintain sufficient documentation on its valuation policies and procedures561. Such documentation shall contain the following key elements: (a) responsibilities of the various units involved in the determination of the valuation; (b) sources of market information and provisions for regular reviews of their appropriateness; (c) policies for the use of unobservable inputs reflecting the Finance Company’s assumptions of what market participants would use in pricing the position; (d) frequency of independent valuation; (e) timing for obtaining closing prices; (f) procedures for adjusting valuations; and (g) end-of-the-month and other ad-hoc verification procedures562 . 1.7 The units or departments accountable for the valuation process within a Finance Company shall maintain clear reporting lines which are independent of the market risk￾taking function of the Finance Company. Such reporting lines shall ultimately be to the Board of the Finance Company. 1.8 A Finance Company shall integrate its valuation systems with other risk management systems within the Finance Company. 1.9 A Finance Company shall ensure that its IA department or external auditors conduct reviews of the independent price verification procedures and control processes on an annual basis. 561 This shall be maintained by the Finance Company over and above the requirements on policy statements for trading book. 562 This may include collateral reconciliations to position values, a review of similar recent transactions and early termination analysis.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-60 Marking-to-Market 1.10 A Finance Company shall mark-to-market using readily available close out prices that are sourced independently. Examples of readily available close out prices include exchange prices, screen prices, or quotes from several independent reputable brokers. 1.11 A Finance Company shall mark-to-market on a regular and consistent basis and, this shall be done at least daily. The more prudent side of bid and offer should be used unless the Finance Company is a significant market maker in a particular position type and has the ability to close out at mid-market. A Finance Company should maximise the use of relevant observable inputs and minimise the use of unobservable inputs when estimating fair value using a valuation technique. However, observable inputs or transactions may not be relevant, such as in a forced liquidation or distressed sale, or transactions may not be observable, such as when markets are inactive. In such cases, the observable data should be considered, but may not be determinative. Marking-to-Model 1.12 Only if marking-to-market is not possible should a Finance Company mark-to￾model, but this shall be demonstrated to be prudent and reflect the economic substance of the transactions, using market-determined inputs or parameters, wherever possible. 1.13 For the purposes of these standards, marking-to-model refers to any valuation which has to be benchmarked, extrapolated or otherwise calculated from a market input. When marking to model, a Finance Company shall remain cognisant of the limitations of the model, and an extra degree of conservatism is appropriate. 1.14 A Finance Company should meet all of the following when implementing its marked￾to-model valuation framework: (a) senior management should be aware of the elements of the trading book or of other fair-valued positions which are marked-to-model and understand the materiality of the uncertainty this creates in the reporting of the risk or performance of the business; (b) market inputs should be sourced externally and the appropriateness of market inputs for a particular position being valued should be reviewed on a regular basis; (c) generally accepted valuation methodologies for particular products should be used as far as possible; (d) where the model is developed by the Finance Company, it should be based on reasonable and appropriate assumptions, which have been documented, assessed and challenged by suitably qualified parties independent of the development process. The model, and any significant changes made to an existing model, should be validated and approved by a unit or department independent of the front office. This includes validating the mathematics, the assumptions and the software implementation; (e) there should be formal change control procedures in place and a secure copy of the model should be maintained and periodically used to check valuations;

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-61 (f) the Finance Company should be aware of the weaknesses of the models used and make appropriate valuation adjustments to cover the uncertainty of the model valuation; (g) the model should be subject to periodic review563 to ascertain the accuracy of its performance564 and when there are changes in models or in the assumptions resulting from developments in market conditions; and (h) valuation adjustments should be made as appropriate, for example, to cover the uncertainty of a model valuation (see also paragraphs 1.17 to 1.21 of this Annex). Independent Price Verification 1.15 Independent price verification is a process by which market prices or model inputs are regularly and independently verified for accuracy. Market prices and model inputs used for marking-to-market and marking-to-model respectively shall be regularly verified for appropriateness and accuracy. Price verification should be performed by a unit independent of the market risk-taking function at least monthly (or, depending on the nature of the market or trading activity, more frequently). Independent price verification need not be performed as frequently as daily mark-to-market, since the independent marking of positions should reveal any error or bias in pricing, which should result in the elimination of inaccurate daily marks. 1.16 A Finance Company should consider making independent unscheduled (e.g. mid￾month) price verification of its positions. This should be performed especially if the result of other procedures identifies potential or actual significant problems or inaccuracies in its valuation process and results respectively. Independent price verification entails a higher standard of accuracy in that the market prices or model inputs are used to determine profit and loss figures, whereas daily marks are used primarily for management reporting in between reporting dates. In the case where pricing sources are more subjective e.g. only one available broker quote, prudent measures such as valuation adjustments may be appropriate. Valuation Adjustments 1.17 As part of its procedures for marking-to-market, a Finance Company shall establish and maintain procedures for considering valuation adjustments. 1.18 A Finance Company using third-party valuations or mark-to-model valuations shall consider whether valuation adjustments are necessary. 563 Each model’s review status, date of last review and the scheduled date for a subsequent review should be duly documented. 564 This would include the completeness of position data, the accuracy of volatility, valuation and risk factor calculations, the reasonableness of assumptions made, analysis of profit and loss versus risk factors and comparison of actual close out values to model outputs.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-62 1.19 While the list below is not intended to be exhaustive, a Finance Company shall consider, where relevant, making valuation adjustments565 for the following: (a) unearned credit spreads; (b) close-out costs; (c) operational risks; (d) early termination; (e) investing and funding costs; (f) future administrative costs; and (g) model risk. Adjustment to the current valuation of less liquid positions for regulatory capital purposes 1.19A A Finance Company shall establish and maintain procedures for judging the necessity of and calculating an adjustment to the current valuation of less liquid positions for regulatory capital purposes. This adjustment may be in addition to any changes to the value of the position required for financial reporting purposes and should be designed to reflect the illiquidity of the position. A Finance Company shall consider the need for an adjustment to a position’s valuation to reflect current illiquidity whether the position is marked-to-market using market prices or observable inputs, third-party valuations or marked-to-model. 1.20 Bearing in mind that assumptions made about liquidity in the market risk capital requirements may not be consistent with the Finance Company’s ability to sell or hedge out less liquid positions, a Finance Company shall make an adjustment to the current valuation of these positions, where appropriate, and review their continued appropriateness on an ongoing basis. Reduced liquidity may have arisen from market events, concentrated positions and/or stale positions. The Finance Company shall consider all relevant factors and, at a minimum, the following factors when determining the appropriateness of the valuation adjustment for less liquid positions: (a) the amount of time it would take to hedge out the risks within the position; (b) the average volatility of bid and offer spreads; (c) the availability of independent market quotes566; (d) the average trading volume and volatility of trading volumes (including trading volumes during periods of market stress); 565 Where possible, these valuation adjustments should be made via the profit and loss account of the financial statements of the Finance Company. The Finance Company should review the continued appropriateness of the valuation adjustments on an ongoing basis. 566 This would include taking note of the number and identity of market makers.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 8-63 (e) market concentrations; (f) the aging of positions; (g) the extent to which valuation relies on marking-to-model; and (h) the impact of other model risks not included in paragraph 1.19A of this Annex. 1.20A For complex products including, but not limited to, securitisation exposures and n￾th-to-default credit derivatives, a Finance Company shall explicitly assess the need for valuation adjustments to reflect two forms of model risk: the model risk associated with using a possibly incorrect valuation methodology and the risk associated with using unobservable (and possibly incorrect) calibration parameters in the valuation model. 1.21 In some circumstances, it is possible that the adjustments to the current valuation of less liquid positions made under paragraph 1.19A of this Annex may exceed those valuation adjustments made under financial reporting standards and paragraphs 1.17 to 1.19 of this Annex. Where this occurs, the difference shall be included as Deductions from Total capital.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 9-1 PART IX: OPERATIONAL RISK Division 1: Overview of Operational RWA Calculation Sound Practices of Operational Risk Management 9.1.1 A Finance Company should adopt the practices set out in the report “Principles for the Sound Management of Operational Risk” issued by the BCBS in June 2011. 9.1.2 [This paragraph has been intentionally left blank.] Approach for Calculating Operational RWA 9.1.3 A Finance Company shall use the BIA to calculate its operational RWA. The operational RWA of a Finance Company601 shall be the operational risk capital requirement calculated using the BIA in accordance with Division 2 of this Part multiplied by 12.5. 601 The Authority may take supervisory measures, which may include requiring a Finance Company to hold additional capital, if the Authority is of the view that the operational risk capital requirement under the BIA is distorted by negative gross income, or that the credibility of the operational risk capital requirement is lacking in relation to the Finance Company’s peers.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 9-2 Division 2: BIA 9.2.1 A Finance Company shall calculate its operational risk capital requirement using the BIA as follows: KBIA = [ (GI1…n x ) ]/n where - (a) KBIA = operational risk capital requirement under the BIA; (b) GI = annual gross income of the Finance Company, where positive, over the preceding three years602 as set out in paragraph 9.2.3; (c) n = number of years in the preceding three years when annual gross income was positive; and (d)  = 15%. 9.2.2 A Finance Company shall calculate its gross income602A as the sum of its net interest income603 and non-interest income603A , taking into account the following adjustments: (a) gross of any allowances (including for unpaid interest); (b) gross of operating expenses, including any fees paid for outsourced services604 , but excluding – (i) any realised profits or losses arising from the sale of securities in the banking book; 605 (ii) any income or expense item not derived from the ordinary activities of the Finance Company and not expected to recur frequently or regularly606; and 602 If the annual gross income for any given year is negative or zero, the figure shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the operational risk capital requirement. 602A Audited gross income figures shall be used where available. Where audited figures are not available, unaudited gross income figures may be used, provided that the Finance Company shall reconcile, on a timely basis, such unaudited gross income figures with its audited financial statements (as well as any quarterly and half-yearly financial statement which has been reviewed by external auditors, where available), and use the latest reconciled numbers for future calculations. If a Finance Company does not have sufficient income data to meet all or part of the three-year requirement, a Finance Company shall, with the approval of the Authority, use an appropriate method, which considers gross income estimates, for calculating the operational risk capital requirements. 603 Net interest income is defined as interest income less interest expense. 603A Non-interest income includes fees and commissions income after deducting fees and commissions expense. 604 In contrast to fees paid for outsourced services, any fee received by any Finance Company for its outsourcing services shall be included in the definition of gross income. 605 [Deleted by MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017]

Monetary Authority of Singapore 9-3 (iii) any income derived from any insurance recoveries. An example of the calculation of gross income is set out in Annex 9A of this Part. 9.2.3 A Finance Company shall calculate its annual gross income for the most recent year by aggregating the gross income of the last four financial quarters. A Finance Company shall calculate its annual gross income for each of the two years preceding the most recent year in the same manner607 . Table 9-1 sets out an illustration of the calculation of the annual gross income for the previous three years, for a Finance Company calculating its operational RWA as at end Nov 2013: Table 9-1: Illustration of Calculation of Annual Gross Income Year 3 Year 2 Year 1 Gross Income for financial quarter ending Sep’13 (GI3a) Sep’12 (GI2a) Sep’11 (GI1a) Jun’13 (GI3b) Jun’12 (GI2b) Jun’11 (GI1b) Mar’13 (GI3c) Mar’12 (GI2c) Mar’11 (GI1c) Dec’12 (GI3d) Dec’11 (GI2d) Dec’10 (GI1d) Total GI3 = GI3a + GI3b

• GI3c + GI3d GI2 = GI2a + GI2b
• GI2c + GI2d GI1 = GI1a + GI1b
• GI1c + GI1d where GI = Gross Income 606 Such items may include income or expenses arising from – (a) the sale of fixed assets; (b) expropriation of assets; or (c) earthquakes or other natural disasters. 607 A Finance Company shall consult the Authority on the appropriate method for calculating the operational risk capital requirement if – (a) it is currently undertaking an acquisition or merger; or (b) it has completed an acquisition or merger within the last three years from the date on which the Finance Company is required to comply with Part IX.

Monetary Authority of Singapore 9-4 Annex 9A EXAMPLE OF GROSS INCOME COMPUTATION $ $ Interest Income 100 100 Less: Interest Expense (70) (70) Net Interest Income 30 30 Fee and Commission Income 7 7 Dividend Income 5 5 Rental Income 3 3 Profit/loss from Trading 2 2 Realised gains/losses from sale of banking book securities 5 Other Non-interest Income 3 3 Non-interest Income 25 20 Less: Operating expenses (20) Less: Allowances (3) Less: Taxes (7) Net Income as per Profit & Loss 25 Gross Income as per paragraph 9.2.2 50

Monetary Authority of Singapore 10-1 PART X: REPORTING SCHEDULES Division 1: Introduction A Finance Company shall submit to the Authority, information relating to its capital adequacy calculated according to the requirements and guidelines of this Notice in the format of the reporting schedules set out in Annexes 10A to 10E and such other reporting schedules as the Authority may specify. A summary of the reporting schedules in Annexes 10A to 10E is set out in the Table 10-1 below. Table 10-1: Summary of Reporting Schedules in Annexes 10A to 10E Section Annex/Schedule 1 Capital Adequacy Reporting Schedules Annex 10A Statement of Total CAR Schedule 1 2 Credit Risk Reporting Schedules Annex 10B Summary of Credit RWA Schedule 2 SA(CR) Schedule 2-1A Equity Exposures – SA(EQ) Schedule 2-6A Securitisation Exposures – SA(SE) Schedule 2-7A Unsettled Trades Schedule 2-8A 3 Market Risk Reporting Schedules Annex 10C Summary of Market RWA Schedule 3 SA(MR) – Interest Rate Risk Schedule 3-1A Interest Rate Risk (General Market Risk) Schedule 3-1B Equity Risk Schedule 3-1C Foreign Exchange Risk Schedule 3-1D Commodities Risk Schedule 3-1E Options Position Risk Schedule 3-1F 4 Operational Risk Reporting Schedules Annex 10D Summary of Operational RWA BIA Schedule 4 Schedule 4-1A 5 Other Reporting Schedules Annex 10E Off-Balance Sheet Exposures (Excluding Derivative Transactions and Securitisation Exposures) Schedule 5A OTC Derivative Transactions and Credit Derivatives Schedule 5B Inflows into and Outflows from Asset Sub-classes due to Credit Protection Eligible Financial Collateral Schedule 5C Schedule 5E

Monetary Authority of Singapore 10-2 Division 2: Scope and Frequency of Reporting 10.2.1 A Finance Company shall submit to the Authority, the reporting schedules – (a) at the Solo level; and (b) where applicable, at the Group level, at the end of each quarter, no later than the 30th of the following month. 10.2.2 The Finance Company shall include with the reporting schedules a written confirmation from its chief financial officer, in the format set out in Annex 10F.

MAS NOTICE 832: CAPITAL ADEQUACY REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10A SCHEDULE 1 STATEMENT OF TOTAL CAR Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: Part A: Eligible Total Capital Solo Group

1. Total Capital (In S$ '000) (a) Paid-up ordinary share capital (b) Disclosed Reserves pursuant to paragraph 6.1.1(b) Total Capital (a)
2. Deductions from Total Capital (a) Goodwill (b) Intangible Assets (c) Capital investments in insurance subsidiaries (d) Capital investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries approved, licensed, registered or otherwise regulated by the Authority (e) Capital investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries not approved, licensed, registered or otherwise regulated by the Authority (f) Amounts included as Deductions from Capital pursuant to Division 6 of Part VII (g) Amounts representing the materiality thresholds below which no payment will be made by the protection provider in the event of loss pursuant to paragraphs 7.3.42 and 7.5.14 (h) Amounts included as Deductions from Capital pursuant to paragraphs 7.3.39 (i) Amounts included as Deductions from Capital pursuant to Part VIII (j) Other supervisory deductions Total Deductible Items (b) Eligible Total Capital (c) = (a) - (b) Part B: Total Risk Weighted Assets
3. Credit RWA calculated under the SA(CR), SA(EQ), SA(SE)
4. Market RWA calculated under the SA(MR)
5. Operational RWA calculated under the BIA
6. Total RWA (d) Part C: Total CAR
7. Total CAR (e) = (c) /(d)

MAS NOTICE 832: CREDIT RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10B SCHEDULE 2 SUMMARY OF CREDIT RWA Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting:

1. Credit RWA Amount (S$ '000) (a) SA(CR), SA(EQ), SA(SE) Total Credit RWA (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents (ii) Central Government and Central Bank Asset Class (iii) PSE Asset Class (iv) MDB Asset Class (v) Bank Asset Class (vi) Corporate Asset Class (vii) Regulatory Retail Asset Class (viii) Residential Mortgage Asset Class (ix) CRE Asset Class (x) Other Exposures Asset Class (xi) SA(EQ) RWA (xii) SA(SE) RWA (xiii) Unsettled Trades Total Credit RWA Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: CREDIT RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10B SCHEDULE 2-1A SA(CR) Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: (In S$ '000) Notional Amount Risk Weight Credit RWA (a) (b) (c=axb)

1. Cash Items (a) Cash and cash equivalents 0% (b) 0% (c) 0% (d) Cheques and other items in process of collection 20% Total for Cash Items A After CRM Before applying qualifying bilateral netting agreements After applying qualifying bilateral netting agreements (other than SFTs) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i=d+e+f+g+h) (j) (k=ixj)
2. Central Government and Central Bank Asset Class (a) On-balance Sheet Exposures Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (b) Off-balance Sheet Exposures (excluding OTC Derivative Transactions & SFTs) Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (c) OTC Derivative Transactions Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (d) SFTs Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero Total for Central Government and Central Bank Asset Class B Credit RWA Receivable funds from DvP transactions up to and including the fourth business day after the settlement date Notional Amount Net Exposure Risk Weight Decrease in Net Exposure due to FC(CA) Net Exposure Redistribution of Net Exposures due to FC(SA) Before CRM Inflows due to Credit Protection Sold CRM Adjustments Gold bullion held in own vault or on an allocated basis backed by gold bullion liabilities (Outflows) due to Credit Protection Bought Gross Exposure Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: CREDIT RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10B SCHEDULE 2-1A SA(CR) Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: After CRM Before applying qualifying bilateral netting agreements After applying qualifying bilateral netting agreements (other than SFTs) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i=d+e+f+g+h) (j) (k=ixj) 3. PSE Asset Class (a) On-balance Sheet Exposures Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (b) Off-balance Sheet Exposures (excluding OTC Derivative Transactions & SFTs) Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (c) OTC Derivative Transactions Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (d) SFTs Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero Total for PSE Asset Class C 4. MDB Asset Class (a) On-balance Sheet Exposures Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (b) Off-balance Sheet Exposures (excluding OTC Derivative Transactions & SFTs) Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (c) OTC Derivative Transactions Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (d) SFTs Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero Total for MDB Asset Class D Risk Weight Credit RWA CRM Adjustments Notional Amount Net Exposure (Outflows) due to Credit Protection Bought Inflows due to Credit Protection Sold Redistribution of Net Exposures due to FC(SA) Before CRM Net Exposure Decrease in Net Exposure due to FC(CA) Gross Exposure Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: CREDIT RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10B SCHEDULE 2-1A SA(CR) Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: After CRM Before applying qualifying bilateral netting agreements After applying qualifying bilateral netting agreements (other than SFTs) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i=d+e+f+g+h) (j) (k=ixj) 5. Bank Asset Class (a) On-balance Sheet Exposures Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (b) Off-balance Sheet Exposures (excluding OTC Derivative Transactions & SFTs) Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (c) OTC Derivative Transactions Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (d) SFTs Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero Total for Bank Asset Class E 6. Corporate Asset Class (a) On-balance Sheet Exposures Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (b) Off-balance Sheet Exposures (excluding OTC Derivative Transactions & SFTs) Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (c) OTC Derivative Transactions Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (d) SFTs Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero Total for Corporate Asset Class F CRM Adjustments Net Exposure Notional Amount Net Exposure (Outflows) due to Credit Protection Bought Gross Exposure Before CRM Risk Weight Credit RWA Inflows due to Credit Protection Sold Redistribution of Net Exposures due to FC(SA) Decrease in Net Exposure due to FC(CA) Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: CREDIT RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10B SCHEDULE 2-1A SA(CR) Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: After CRM Before applying qualifying bilateral netting agreements After applying qualifying bilateral netting agreements (other than SFTs) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i=d+e+f+g+h) (j) (k=ixj) 7. Regulatory Retail Asset Class (a) On-balance Sheet Exposures Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 75% - Exposures to individuals 75% Risk Weight 75% - Exposures to small business 75% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (b) Off-balance Sheet Exposures (excluding OTC Derivative Transactions & SFTs) Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 75% - Exposures to individuals 75% Risk Weight 75% - Exposures to small business 75% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (c) OTC Derivative Transactions Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 75% - Exposures to individuals 75% Risk Weight 75% - Exposures to small business 75% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (d) SFTs Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 10% 10% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 75% - Exposures to individuals 75% Risk Weight 75% - Exposures to small business 75% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero Total for Regulatory Retail Asset Class G 8. Residential Mortgage Asset Class (a) On-balance Sheet Exposures Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 35% 35% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 75% 75% Risk Weight 100% 100% Sub-Total Sum to zero (b) Off-balance Sheet Exposures Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 35% 35% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 75% 75% Risk Weight 100% 100% Sub-Total Sum to zero Total for Residential Mortgage Asset Class H 8A. CRE Asset Class (a) On-balance Sheet Exposures Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 35% 35% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 75% 75% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero (b) Off-balance Sheet Exposures Risk Weight 0% 0% Risk Weight 20% 20% Risk Weight 35% 35% Risk Weight 50% 50% Risk Weight 75% 75% Risk Weight 100% 100% Risk Weight 150% 150% Sub-Total Sum to zero Total for CRE Asset Class I Before CRM Notional Amount Net Exposure (Outflows) due to Credit Protection Bought Inflows due to Credit Protection Sold Redistribution of Net Exposures due to FC(SA) Gross Exposure Net Exposure Risk Weight Credit RWA CRM Adjustments Decrease in Net Exposure due to FC(CA) Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: CREDIT RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10B SCHEDULE 2-1A SA(CR) Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: Net exposure before CRM, where applicable Net exposure (after CRM, where applicable) Risk Weight Credit RWA 9. Other Exposures Asset Class (a) Premises, plant and equipment and other fixed assets 100% (b) Real Estate 100% (c) Exposures to individuals excluded from regulatory retail asset class 100% (d) Other exposures/assets not included in above categories 100% (Pls itemise and specify) Total for Other Exposures Asset Class J 10. Total SA(CR) net exposures after CRM, where applicable Total SA(CR) RWA K=SUM(A:J) Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: CREDIT RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10B SCHEDULE 2-6A SA(EQ) Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: (In S$ '000) Gross Exposures Net Exposures Risk Weight SA(EQ) RWA

1. Equity Exposures (a) Capital investments in associates Where Finance Company holds ≤ 20% equity stake 100% Where Finance Company holds > 20% equity stake 100% (b) Other equity exposures 100%
2. Total SA(EQ) RWA Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: CREDIT RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10B SCHEDULE 2-7A SA(SE) Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: (In S$ '000) After CRM (a) (b) (c) (d) (e=a+b+c+d)

1. Rated Securitisation Exposures Risk Weight 20% Risk Weight 50% Risk Weight 100% Risk Weight 350% Deduction [Risk Weight of Collateral under FC(SA), if app] Total Rated Securitisation Exposures Sum to zero
2. Unrated Securitisation Exposures (a) On-balance sheet Unrated most senior exposures Second loss positions in ABCPs Other unrated exposures [Risk Weight of Collateral under FC(SA), if app] Sub-Total Sum to zero (b) Off-balance sheet Eligible liquidity facilities Eligible servicer cash advance facilities Early amortisation Other unrated exposures [Risk Weight of Collateral under FC(SA), if app] Sub-Total Sum to zero (c) Total Unrated Securitisation Exposures
3. Rated Resecuritisation Exposures Risk Weight 40% Risk Weight 100% Risk Weight 225% Risk Weight 650% Deduction [Risk Weight of Collateral under FC(SA), if app] Total Rated Resecuritisation Exposures Sum to zero
4. Unrated Resecuritisation Exposures (a) On-balance sheet Unrated most senior exposures Second loss positions in ABCPs Other unrated exposures [Risk Weight of Collateral under FC(SA), if app] Sub-Total Sum to zero (b) Off-balance sheet Eligible liquidity facilities Eligible servicer cash advance facilities Early amortisation Other unrated exposures [Risk Weight of Collateral under FC(SA), if app] Sub-Total Sum to zero (c) Total Unrated Resecuritisation Exposures Deductions from Total Capital SA(SE) RWA
5. Summary Gain-on-sale Credit-enhancing interest only strips net of gain-on-sale Rated exposures Unrated exposures Total Adjusted Total (after deducting amount in excess of the maximum capital requirement) Notional SA(SE) RWA Amount Gross Exposure Net Exposure (Outflows) due to Credit Protection Bought Redistribution of Net Exposures due to FC(SA) Decrease in Net Exposure due to FC(CA) Net Exposures Before CRM CRM Adjustments Deductions from Total Capital Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: CREDIT RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10B SCHEDULE 2-8A UNSETTLED TRANSACTIONS Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: (In S$ '000)

1. Unsettled DvP Trades Positive Current Exposure Risk Weight Credit RWA (a) (b) (c=axb) Number of working days after the due settlement date (a) From 5 to 15 100% (b) From 16 to 30 625% (c) From 31 to 45 938% (d) 46 or more 1250% Sub-Total for Unsettled DvP Trades Positive Current Exposure Risk Weight Credit RWA Deductions from Total Capital (d) (e) (f=dxe)
2. Unsettled non-DvP Trades (A Finance Company shall report in 2(a), SA(CR) exposures that are not material in aggregate and where a Finance Company applied a 100% risk weight in accordance with paragraph 7.3.38) (a) Second leg less than 5 days late 100% (b) Second leg 5 days late or more
3. Total Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: MARKET RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10C SCHEDULE 3 SUMMARY OF MARKET RWA Name of Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: Market Risk Capital Requirement under SA(MR) (In S$ '000) Market Risk Type Specific Risk General Market Risk Total Capital Requirement (a) (b) (c) (d=a+b+c) Interest Rate Risk Equity Risk Foreign Exchange Risk Commodity Risk Total Capital Requirement under SA(MR) A Total Market RWA under SA(MR) Ax12.5 B Additional Capital Requirement for Options Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: MARKET RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10C SCHEDULE 3-1A SA(MR) - INTEREST RATE RISK Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: In SGD Equivalent of Foreign Currency (S$ '000) Long Short Long Short (a) (b) (ΙaΙ + ΙbΙ)

1. Specific Risk (i) Positions not covered under SA(SE) Government 1 0.00% 2 or 3 6 months or less 0.25% more than 6 and up to 24 months 1.00% more than 24 months 1.60% 4 or 5 8.00% 6 12.00% Unrated 8.00% Qualifying 6 months or less 0.25% more than 6 and up to 24 months 1.00% more than 24 months 1.60% Others 8.00% 12.00% 8.00% Sub-Total (ii) Securitisation/Resecuritisation Positions (Non-Correlation Trading) Securitisation positions covered under SA(SE) 1 to 2 I 1.60% 3 to 5 II 4.00% 6 to 8 III 8.00% 9 to 11 28.00% 12 or Unrated IV or Unrated Deduction Sub-Total Resecuritisation positions covered under SA(SE) 1 to 2 I 3.20% 3 to 5 II 8.00% 6 to 8 III 18.00% 9 to 11 52.00% 12 or Unrated IV or Unrated Deduction Sub-Total (iii) Correlation Trading Portfolio Correlation Trading Portfolio * *Higher of (a) or (b) Total Interest Rate (Specific Risk) Capital Requirement A 4 5 or 6 Unrated Credit quality grade as set out in Table 7R-3 of Annex 7R of Part VII Credit quality grade as set out in Table 7R-4 of Annex 7R of Part VII Credit quality grade as set out in Table 7R-3 of Annex 7R of Part VII Credit quality grade as set out in Table 7R-4 of Annex 7R of Part VII Net Positions subject to Risk Charge Specific Risk Charge Capital Require ment Credit quality grade as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII Credit quality grade as set out in Table 7R-1 of Annex 7R of Part VII Gross Position Net Position

MAS NOTICE 832: MARKET RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 12C SCHEDULE 3-1A SA(MR) - INTEREST RATE RISK Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: 2. General Market Risk (Summary) Method Used SGD Equivalent (S$ million) Interest Rate Positions Capital Require ment (d=a+b+c) Singapore Dollar United States Dollar (Pls itemise other currencies) Other Residual Currencies Total Interest Rate (General Market Risk) Capital Requirement B 3. Additional Capital Requirement for Options Simplified Method C Delta-Plus Method - Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk and Vega Risk D Scenario Approach E Additional Capital Requirement for Options C or D or E F 4. Total Market Risk Capital Requirement for Interest Rate Risk A+B+F (a) (b) (c) from A or H of Sch 3-1B from F or M of Sch 3-1B from E or L of Sch 3-1B Residual Unmatched Weighted Positions Vertical Disallowance Horizontal Disallowance

MAS NOTICE 832: MARKET RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10C SCHEDULE 3-1B SA(MR) - INTEREST RATE RISK (GENERAL MARKET RISK) Name of Finance Company: Statement as at: 0-Jan-00 Method Used : Scope of Reporting: Interest Rate Positions Denominated in : (In S$ '000)

1. Maturity Method Long Short Long Short Matched Weighted Position Band Matching Factor Require￾ment Matched Weighted Position Zone Matching Factor Require￾ment Matched Weighted Position Zone Matching Factor Require￾ment Matched Weighted Position Zone Matching Factor Require￾ment (a) (b) (c) d=(axc) (e=bxc) (f) (g) (h=fxg) (i) (j) (k=ixj) (l) (m) (n=lxm) (o) (p) (q=oxp) (r) Time Band 1 0.00% 10.00% Time Band 2 0.20% 10.00% Time Band 3 0.40% 10.00% Time Band 4 0.70% 10.00% Time Band 5 1.25% 10.00% Time Band 6 1.75% 10.00% Time Band 7 2.25% 10.00% Time Band 8 2.75% 10.00% Time Band 9 3.25% 10.00% Time Band 10 3.75% 10.00% Time Band 11 4.50% 10.00% Time Band 12 5.25% 10.00% Time Band 13 6.00% 10.00% Time Band 14 8.00% 10.00% Time Band 15 12.50% 10.00% A B C D E Total Vertical Disallowance A Total Horizontal Disallowance B+C+D F Interest Rate (General Market Risk) Capital Requirement - Maturity Method A+E+F G
2. Duration Method Unmatched Position Long Short Long Short Matched Weighted Position Band Matching Factor Require￾ment Matched Weighted Position Zone Matching Factor Require￾ment Matched Weighted Position Zone Matching Factor Require￾ment Matched Weighted Position Zone Matching Factor Require￾ment (a') (b') (c') (d) = (a) x (c) (e) = (b) x (c) (f) (g) (h) = (f) x (g) (i) (j) (k) = (i) x (j) (l) (m) (n) = (l) x (m) (o) (p) (q) = (o) x (p) (r) Duration Band 1 1.00% 5.00% Duration Band 2 1.00% 5.00% Duration Band 3 1.00% 5.00% Duration Band 4 1.00% 5.00% Duration Band 5 0.90% 5.00% Duration Band 6 0.80% 5.00% Duration Band 7 0.75% 5.00% Duration Band 8 0.70% 5.00% Duration Band 9 0.65% 5.00% Duration Band 10 0.60% 5.00% Duration Band 11 0.60% 5.00% Duration Band 12 0.60% 5.00% Duration Band 13 0.60% 5.00% Duration Band 14 0.60% 5.00% Duration Band 15 0.60% 5.00% H I J K L Total Vertical Disallowance H Total Horizontal Disallowance I+J+K M Interest Rate (General Market Risk) Capital Requirement - Duration Method H+L+M N Zone 1 40.00% Zone 3 30.00% Zone 2 30.00% 100.00% 40.00% 40.00% Net Position x Modified Duration Assumed Yield Change Risk Weighted Position Disallowances Vertical Horizontal Within Zone Between Zone 1 & 2 and 2 & 3 Between Zone 1 & 3 Zone 2 30.00% Zone 1 40.00% 40.00% Zone 3 100.00% Disallowances Unmatched Position Vertical Horizontal Within Zone Between Zone 1 & 2 and 2 & 3 Between Zone 1 & 3 40.00% 30.00% Net Position (Notional Amount) General Risk Charge Risk Weighted Position Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: MARKET RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10C SCHEDULE 3-1C SA(MR) - EQUITY RISK Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: In SGD Equivalent of Foreign Currency (S$ '000) Long Short

1. Specific Risk (a) Qualifying equity indices Singapore 2% United States 2% (Pls list and specify) (b) Equities and equity baskets Singapore 8% United States 8% (Pls list and specify) (c) Other equity indices Singapore 8% United States 8% (Pls list and specify) Sub-Total A
2. General Market Risk Singapore 8% United States 8% (Pls list and specify) Sub-Total B
3. Additional Capital Requirement for Arbitrage Strategies (a) 2% underlying index at different dates or in different market centres (b) 2% similar indices at the same date (c) 4% stocks comprising at least 90% of the index Sub-Total C
4. Additional Capital Requirement for Options Simplified Method D Delta-Plus Method - Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk and Vega Risk E Scenario Approach F Additional Capital Requirement for Options D or E or F G
5. Total Market Risk Capital Requirement for Equity Position Risk A+B+C+G Index versus basket of constituent Matched positions in same Matched positions in different but Capital Requirement Net Position / Matched Position Specific / General Market Risk Charge / Additional Risk Charge

MAS NOTICE 832: MARKET RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10C SCHEDULE 3-1D SA(MR) - FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK Name of Finance Company: 0 Statement as at: Scope of Reporting:

1. Foreign Exchange Positions Long Position Short Position Australian Dollars Canadian Dollars Chinese Renmibi Danish Kronor Euro Hong Kong Dollar Indian Rupee Indonesian Rupiah Japanese Yen Korean Won Malaysia Ringgit New Taiwan Dollars New Zealand Dollars Norwegian Krone Philipines Peso Pound Sterling Saudi Arabian Riyal Swedish Kroner Sri Lanka Rupee Swiss Franc Thai Baht United States Dollars Other Material Currencies (Please specify and itemise) Other Non-Material Currencies Sum of Net Long Positions / Sum of Net Short Positions Net Position in Foreign Exchange A (Higher of sum of net long positions or sum of net short positions)
2. Gold Position Net Exposure in Gold B
3. Foreign Exchange and Gold Positions Net Exposure in Foreign Exchange and Gold A+B C Risk Charge 8%
4. Foreign Exchange and Gold Positions Capital Requirement Cx8% D
5. Additional Capital Requirement for Options Simplified Method E Delta-Plus Method - Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk and Vega Risk F Scenario Approach G Additional Capital Requirement for Options E or F or G H
6. Total Capital Requirement for Foreign Exchange Risk D+H (General Market Risk) S$ Equivalent of Foreign Currency (S$ '000) Currencies / Gold Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: MARKET RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10C SCHEDULE 3-1E SA(MR) - COMMODITIES RISK Name of Finance Company: Statement as at: ## Scope of Reporting: Method Used:

1. Simplified Approach Commodity Positions (S$ '000) Commodity Silver Brent Others (Pls specify and itemise) Sum of Absolute Net Position A B Risk Charge to be applied on Net Positions 15% Capital Requirement for Net Positions Ax15% C Risk Charge to be applied on Gross Positions 3% Capital Requirement for Gross Positions Bx3% D Market Risk Capital Requirement for Commodity Risk - Simplified Approach C+D E
2. Maturity Ladder Approach Commodity Positions (S$ '000) Commodity Silver Time Band 1 1.50% Time Band 2 1.50% Time Band 3 1.50% Time Band 4 1.50% Time Band 5 1.50% Time Band 6 1.50% Time Band 7 1.50% Remaining Positions Brent Time Band 1 1.50% Time Band 2 1.50% Time Band 3 1.50% Time Band 4 1.50% Time Band 5 1.50% Time Band 6 1.50% Time Band 7 1.50% Remaining Positions Others (Pls specify and itemise) Market Risk Capital Requirement for Commodity Risk - Maturity Ladder Approach F
3. Additional Capital Requirement for Options Simplified Method G Delta-Plus Method - Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk and Vega Risk H Scenario Approach I Additional Capital Requirement for Options G or H or I J
4. Total Market Risk Capital Requirement for Commodity Risk E+J or F+J 0.60% 15.0% 0.60% 0.60% 0.60% 0.60% 0.60% 0.60% 0.60% 15.0% 0.60% 0.60% 0.60% 0.60% 0.60% 0.60% Absolute Gross Long plus Short Positions Matched Position Spread Charge Capital Requirement for Matched Positions Carried Forward Positions Carry/Outright Charge Capital Requirement for Carried Forward Positions Total Capital Requirement Absolute Net Long or Short Position Gross Long Position Gross Short Position Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: MARKET RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10C SCHEDULE 3-1F SA(MR) - OPTIONS POSITION RISK Name of Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting : Method Used:

1. Simplified Approach Risk Charge 1a. Interest Rate Options Specific Risk General Market Risk Total A 1b. Equity Options ` Specific Risk General Market Risk Total B 1c. Foreign Exchange Options General Market Risk 8% C 1d. Commodity Options General Market Risk 15% D 1e. Total Options Position Capital Requirement SUM(A:D) E
2. Delta-Plus Method Capital requirement (S$ '000) 2a. Interest Rate Options Singapore Dollar Time Band 1 Time Band 2 Time Band 3 . . Time Band 15 United States Dollar Time Band 1 Time Band 2 Time Band 3 . . Time Band 15 Others (Pls specify and itemise by currency type) Total Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk and Vega Risk F 2b. Equity Options Singapore USA Others (Pls specify and itemise by national markets) Total Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk and Vega Risk G 2c. Foreign Exchange and Gold Options Australian Dollar AUD Canadian Dollar CAD . . United States Dollar USD Others (Pls specify and itemise by currency type) Total Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk and Vega Risk H 2d. Commodity Options Silver Brent Others (Pls specify and itemise by commodity type) Total Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk and Vega Risk I 2e. Total Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk and Vega Risk for all Options SUM(F:I) J S$ Equivalent of Foreign Currency (S$ '000) Positions Long Put & Long Outright Position Long Call & Short Outright Position Long Call Long Put Total Capital Charge Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk Capital Requirement for Vega Risk Capital Requirement for Gamma Risk & Vega Risk Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: MARKET RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10C SCHEDULE 3-1F SA(MR) - OPTIONS POSITION RISK Name of Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting : 3. Scenario Approach 3a. Interest Rate Options Singapore Dollar (SGD) Gain/Loss (S$ '000) Time Band 1: Assumed change in yield of 100 bp -100 bp -66 bp -33 bp Current Yield +33 bp +66 bp +100 bp Repeat the above table for each time band relevant to the interest rate option position Other Currencies (Pls specify and itemise) Repeat the analysis for other currencies, if applicable. Total Interest Rate Options Capital Requirement K 3b. Equity Options Singapore Gain/Loss (S$ '000) -8.00% -5.33% -2.67% Current Equity Value +2.67% +5.33% +8.00% Other National Markets (Pls specify and itemise) Repeat the analysis for other national markets, if applicable. Total Equity Options Capital Requirement L 3c. Foreign Exchange Options Singapore Dollar / United States Dollar SGD/USD Gain/Loss (S$ '000) -8.00% -5.33% -2.67% Current Exchange Rate +2.67% +5.33% +8.00% Other Currency Pairs (Pls specify and itemise) Repeat the analysis for other currency pairs, if applicable. Total Foreign Exchange Options Capital Requirement M 3d. Commodity Options Brent Gain/Loss (S$ '000) -15.00% -10.00% -5.00% Current Commodity Position +5.00% +10.00% +15.00% Other Commodity Types (Pls specify and itemise) Repeat the analysis for other commodity types, if applicable. Total Commodity Options Capital Requirement N 3e. Total Options Capital Requirement SUM(K:N) O Commodity Position Value Volatility +25% Current Volatility % -25% -25% Current Volatility % -25% Equity Value Volatility +25% Current Volatility % -25% Exchange Rate Volatility +25% Current Volatility % +25% Yield Volatility Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: OPERATIONAL RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10D SCHEDULE 4 SUMMARY OF OPERATIONAL RWA Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting:

1. Operational RWA (In S$ '000) Operational Risk Capital Requirement calculated under the BIA A Total Operational RWA Ax12.5 Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: OPERATIONAL RISK REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10D SCHEDULE 4-1A BIA Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: (In S$ '000) Banking Activities α Factor First Year Second Year Third Year First Year Second Year Third Year Average Operational Risk Capital Requirement 15% A calculated under the BIA Gross Income Operational Risk Capital Requirement Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: OTHER REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10E SCHEDULE 5A OFF-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS AND SECURITISATION EXPOSURES) Name of Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: (In S$ '000) Notional Amount CCF Credit Equivalent Amount

1. Non-Retail Exposures (a) Direct Credit Substitutes General guarantees of indebtedness 100% Standby letters of credit serving as financial 100% guarantees for loans and securities Acceptances (including endorsements with the 100% character of acceptances) Total (b) Transaction-related Contingent Items Performance bonds, bid bonds, warranties 50% Standby letters of credit related to particular 50% transactions Total (c) Short-term Self-Liquidating Trade-related Contingent Items and Underwriting Commitments Documentary credits collateralised by underlying 20% shipments Commitments with an original maturity of one 20% year or less to underwrite debt and equity securities (d) Note Issuance Facilities (NIF) & Revolving Underwriting Facilities (RUF) NIFs 50% RUFs 50% Total (e) Transactions, other than SFTs, involving the posting of securities held by the Finance Company 100% as collateral (f) Asset Sales with Recourse Sale and repurchase agreements and asset sales with recourse 100% (credit risk remains with the Finance Company) (g) Other Commitments with Certain Drawdown Forward purchase 100% Forward deposits 100% Partly-paid securities 100% Others 100% Total (h) Other Commitments (credit lines, formal standby facilities) Unconditionally cancellable at any time 0% Original maturity up one year or less 20% Original maturity of more than one year 50% Total (g) Total Non-Retail Off-Balance Sheet Exposures (Excluding derivative transactions and securitisation exposures)
2. Retail Exposures (a) Undrawn Commitments Unconditionally cancellable at any time 0% Original maturity up to one year or less 20% Original maturity of more than one year 50% Total (b) Standby letters of credit (c) Others (Pls itemise and specify) (d) Total Retail Off-Balance Sheet Exposures (Excluding derivative transactions and securitisation exposures) SA(CR) Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: OTHER REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10E SCHEDULE 5B OTC DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS (Notional Amounts and E) - CURRENT EXPOSURE METHOD

• CCR STANDARDISED METHOD Name of Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: (In S$ '000) Foreign Exchange Contracts and Gold Interest Rates Contracts Equity Contracts Precious Metals Contracts Other Commodities Contracts Credit Derivative Contracts Total Contracts

1. Current Exposure Method a. Maturity of One Year or Less i. Notional Amount ii. Contracts Subject to Netting Replacement Cost Potential Future Exposure iii. Contracts Not Subject to Netting Replacement Cost Potential Future Exposure iv. Credit Equivalent Amount (E) b. Maturity of Over One Year and Up To 5 Years i. Notional Amount ii. Contracts Subject to Netting Replacement Cost Potential Future Exposure iii. Contracts Not Subject to Netting Replacement Cost Potential Future Exposure iv. Credit Equivalent Amount (E) c. Maturity of Over Five Years / All Maturity for Credit Derivatives i. Notional Amount ii. Contracts Subject to Netting Replacement Cost Potential Future Exposure iii. Contracts Not Subject to Netting Replacement Cost Potential Future Exposure iv. Credit Equivalent Amount (E) Total E
2. CCR Standardised Method (a) Contracts subject to Current Market Value of the Hedging Sets (b) Contracts subject to the CCF-weighted Absolute Amounts of Risk Positions (c) Total subject to ß of 1.4 Total E Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: OTHER REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10E SCHEDULE 5C INFLOWS INTO AND OUTFLOWS FROM ASSET SUB-CLASSES DUE TO CREDIT PROTECTION Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: (In S$ '000) Asset Class Central Government & Central Bank Asset Class PSE Asset Class MDB Asset Class Bank Asset Class Corporate Asset Class (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g=a-b-c-d-e-f) (h=-SUM(b:f)) (i) (j=a+h+i)

1. SA(CR) (i) Central Government & Central Bank Asset Class (k) A (ii) PSE Asset Class (l) B (iii) MDB Asset Class (m) C (iv) Bank Asset Class (n) D (v) Corporate Asset Class (o) E (vi) Regulatory Retail Asset Class (p) (vii) Residential Mortgage Asset Class (q) (viii) CRE Asset Class (r) (ix) Securitisation Exposures (s) (x) Other Exposures (t) Total Inflows into Asset Class u=SUM(k:t) A B C D E Exposure Not Guaranteed (Outflows) from Asset Class Inflows into Asset Class Total Exposures in Asset Class Pre-CRM Net Exposure By Original Asset Class Exposures with Credit Protection by Following Asset Classes Monetary Authority of Singapore

MAS NOTICE 832: OTHER REPORTING SCHEDULES Annex 10E SCHEDULE 5E ELIGIBLE FINANCIAL COLLATERAL Name of the Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: Table 5E-Collateral for the SA(CR) and SA(SE) (In S$ '000) SA(SE) Central Government & Central Bank Asset Class PSE Asset Class MDB Asset Class Bank Asset Class Corporate Asset Class Regulatory Retail Asset Class Residential Mortgage Asset Class CRE Asset Class Other Exposures Asset Class Securitisation (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k = a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j)

1. Eligible Financial Collateral under FC(SA) (a) Cash (including certificates of deposit and other similar instruments) on deposit with the Finance Company (b) Gold (c) Debt Security (d) Equity Security (including convertible bonds) (e) Structured deposit issued by and on deposit with the Finance Company (f) Structured note (g) Unit in a collective investment scheme Sub-Total for Eligible Financial Collateral under FC(SA)
2. Eligible Financial Collateral under FC(CA) (a) Cash (including certificates of deposit and other similar instruments) on deposit with the Finance Company (b) Gold (c) Debt Security (d) Equity Security (including convertible bonds) (e) Structured deposit issued by and on deposit with the Finance Company (f) Structured note (g) Unit in a collective investment scheme Sub-Total for Eligible Financial Collateral under FC(CA) Total for Collateral for the SA(CR) and SA(SE) Subtotal SA(CR) Asset Class

Annex 10F MAS NOTICE 832 NOTICE ON RISK BASED CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENTS FOR FINANCE COMPANIES INCORPORATED IN SINGAPORE Reporting Schedules Name of Finance Company: Statement as at: Scope of Reporting: Solo Group (“Tick” as appropriate) We certify that:

1. The information provided in the reporting schedules is, to the best of our knowledge and belief, accurate and complete.
2. The capital adequacy ratio was at any time not less than that specified under Part IV of the Notice.

---

Signature of Chief Financial Officer

---

Name of Chief Financial Officer

---

Date

Monetary Authority of Singapore *Endnotes of History of Amendments

1. MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2017 dated 28 December 2017 with effect from 1 January 2018.
2. MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2018 dated 5 October 2018 with effect from 8 October 2018.
3. MAS Notice 832 (Amendment) 2021 dated 2 December 2021 with effect from 31 December 2021.